1 #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
30 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
31 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
35 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
37 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
38 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
39 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
42 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
43 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
45 % redefine the greyed out note
46 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
47 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
49 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
54 \font_typewriter default
55 \font_default_family default
64 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
65 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
69 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
70 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
71 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
76 \pdf_pagebackref false
77 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
78 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
85 \paperorientation portrait
96 \paragraph_separation indent
98 \quotes_language english
101 \paperpagestyle default
102 \tracking_changes false
103 \output_changes false
119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
121 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
124 lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
130 \begin_inset Newline newline
134 \begin_inset Newline newline
138 \begin_inset Note Note
141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
142 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
143 \begin_inset Newline newline
148 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
156 \begin_layout Standard
157 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
158 LatexCommand tableofcontents
165 \begin_layout Chapter
169 \begin_layout Section
173 \begin_layout Standard
174 LyX is a document preparation system.
175 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
176 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
177 It is unlike most other
178 \begin_inset Quotes eld
182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
185 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
187 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
196 \begin_inset Quotes eld
199 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
200 \begin_inset Quotes erd
204 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
208 \begin_layout Standard
209 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
222 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
226 \begin_layout Standard
228 \begin_inset Quotes eld
236 \begin_inset Quotes erd
239 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
240 the format of all of the manuals.
241 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
242 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
259 \begin_layout Section
263 \begin_layout Standard
264 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
266 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
267 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
269 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
276 \begin_inset Quotes eld
280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
288 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
291 \begin_layout Standard
292 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
293 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
294 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
296 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
297 only a vertical scrollbar.
298 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
299 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
300 This, however, is due
301 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
302 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
303 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
304 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
306 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
307 this doesn't work for equations yet.
310 \begin_layout Standard
311 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
317 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
319 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
324 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
325 ing sections of this documentation.
328 \begin_layout Section
332 \begin_layout Standard
333 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
338 of the manuals from inside LyX.
339 Just select the manual you want read from the
346 \begin_layout Section
348 \begin_inset CommandInset label
350 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
357 \begin_layout Standard
358 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
359 without resorting to configuration files.
360 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
361 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
362 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
377 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
378 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
379 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
380 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
382 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
390 Reconfiguration of LyX
395 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
398 \begin_layout Section
400 \begin_inset CommandInset label
402 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
409 \begin_layout Standard
410 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
411 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
434 that will be created when using the menu
436 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
455 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
456 \begin_inset Note Note
459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
460 The two braces in the ERT box prevent that the term
461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
468 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
469 More on ERT is described in section
474 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
480 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
485 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
487 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
501 Reconfiguration of LyX
509 \begin_layout Chapter
513 \begin_layout Section
514 Basic File Operations
518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
527 \begin_layout Standard
532 menu are basic operations for any word processor in addition to some more
536 \begin_layout Itemize
542 \begin_layout Itemize
560 \begin_layout Itemize
566 \begin_layout Itemize
572 \begin_layout Itemize
578 \begin_layout Itemize
588 \begin_layout Itemize
602 \begin_layout Itemize
612 \begin_layout Itemize
618 \begin_layout Itemize
624 \begin_layout Itemize
630 \begin_layout Itemize
636 \begin_layout Standard
637 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
638 a few minor differences.
641 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
656 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
657 you for a template to use.
658 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
659 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
660 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
666 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
668 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
675 \begin_layout Standard
677 \begin_inset Quotes eld
681 \begin_inset Quotes erd
685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
693 \begin_inset Quotes eld
697 \begin_inset Quotes erd
700 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
701 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
704 \begin_layout Standard
725 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
730 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
755 will reload the document from disk.
756 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
757 and want to restore it to the last save.
766 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
767 can identify this as your changes.
770 \begin_layout Section
771 Basic Editing Features
775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
782 \begin_inset CommandInset label
784 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
791 \begin_layout Standard
792 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
793 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
794 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
795 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
797 We'll start with cut and paste.
800 \begin_layout Standard
801 As you might expect, the
805 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
806 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
810 \begin_layout Itemize
816 \begin_layout Itemize
822 \begin_layout Itemize
828 \begin_layout Itemize
838 \begin_layout Itemize
848 \begin_layout Itemize
862 \begin_layout Standard
863 The first three are self-explanatory.
864 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
865 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
874 keys also functions as the
879 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
880 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
885 to get back the lost text.
888 \begin_layout Standard
892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
898 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
907 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
910 \begin_layout Standard
913 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
918 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
929 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
935 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
944 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
945 will start a new paragraph.
948 \begin_layout Standard
952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
970 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
994 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
999 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1002 \begin_inset Space ~
1011 \begin_inset Space ~
1016 button to skip the current word.
1020 \begin_inset Space ~
1025 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1029 \begin_inset Space ~
1034 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1036 If the toggle is set, searching for
1037 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1045 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1048 will not match the word
1049 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1057 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1063 Match whole words only
1065 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
1067 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1075 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1079 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1087 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1093 \begin_layout Standard
1094 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1095 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1097 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1102 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1109 \begin_layout Section
1114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1131 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1133 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1140 \begin_layout Standard
1141 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1142 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1145 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1148 to undo some mistake.
1149 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1151 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1162 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimize memory
1167 \begin_layout Standard
1168 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
1169 it was last saved, the
1170 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1174 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1177 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1178 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
1181 \begin_layout Standard
1190 work on almost everything in LyX.
1191 They have some quirks, too.
1200 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
1201 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
1209 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
1210 surely appreciate how it works.
1213 \begin_layout Section
1218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1227 \begin_layout Standard
1228 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1231 \begin_layout Enumerate
1236 \begin_layout Itemize
1241 once anywhere in the edit window.
1242 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1246 \begin_layout Enumerate
1251 \begin_layout Itemize
1257 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1260 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1263 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1266 \begin_layout Itemize
1267 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1269 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1276 \begin_layout Enumerate
1277 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1281 \begin_layout Standard
1286 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1287 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1288 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1292 \begin_layout Enumerate
1297 \begin_layout Standard
1302 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1307 \begin_layout Section
1309 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1311 name "sec:Key-Bindings"
1319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1328 \begin_layout Standard
1329 We're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
1330 Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
1332 LyX's default is CUA.
1335 \begin_layout Standard
1339 \begin_inset Space ~
1347 \begin_inset Space ~
1368 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1372 \begin_layout Labeling
1373 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1377 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1378 LatexCommand nomenclature
1380 description "Tabulator key"
1386 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1387 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1388 \begin_inset Space ~
1392 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1394 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1399 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1401 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1405 , especially section
1406 \begin_inset Space ~
1410 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1412 reference "sub:Lists"
1418 If you're still confused, look in the
1425 \begin_layout Labeling
1426 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1430 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1431 LatexCommand nomenclature
1433 description "Escape key"
1440 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1444 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1447 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1448 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1451 \begin_layout Labeling
1452 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1458 \begin_inset Space ~
1462 \begin_inset Space ~
1469 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1470 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1474 \begin_layout Standard
1475 There are three modifier keys:
1478 \begin_layout Labeling
1479 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1485 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1493 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1497 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1498 LatexCommand nomenclature
1500 description "Control key"
1504 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1505 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1509 \begin_layout Itemize
1518 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1521 \begin_layout Itemize
1530 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1533 \begin_layout Itemize
1542 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1546 \begin_layout Labeling
1547 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1553 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1561 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1565 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1566 LatexCommand nomenclature
1568 description "Shift key"
1572 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1573 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1576 \begin_layout Labeling
1577 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1583 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1591 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1595 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1596 LatexCommand nomenclature
1598 description "Meta or Alt key"
1602 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1603 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1604 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1610 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1612 menu accelerator keys
1615 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1616 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1620 \begin_layout Standard
1621 For example, the sequence
1622 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1628 \begin_inset Space ~
1632 \begin_inset Space ~
1638 \begin_inset Space ~
1646 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1654 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1658 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1663 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1669 \begin_inset Space ~
1675 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1685 \begin_layout Standard
1686 There are also other things bound to the
1690 key, but you'll have to check in the
1702 \begin_layout Standard
1703 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1704 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1705 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1706 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1707 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1708 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1709 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1718 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1725 followed by a capital
1731 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1739 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1749 \begin_layout Chapter
1754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1763 \begin_layout Section
1768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1777 \begin_layout Subsection
1781 \begin_layout Standard
1782 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
1783 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
1784 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
1785 numbering schemes, and so on.
1786 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
1787 and format the title of your document differently.
1790 \begin_layout Standard
1795 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
1796 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
1797 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
1798 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
1799 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
1802 \begin_layout Standard
1803 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
1804 how to adjust their properties.
1807 \begin_layout Subsection
1812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1819 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1821 name "sec:Document-Classes"
1828 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1832 \begin_layout Standard
1833 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
1837 \begin_layout Description
1838 Article for basic articles
1841 \begin_layout Description
1842 Report for basic reports
1845 \begin_layout Description
1846 Book for writing a book
1849 \begin_layout Description
1850 Letter for US-style letters
1853 \begin_layout Standard
1854 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
1856 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
1857 can be found in chapter
1859 Special Document Classes
1868 \begin_layout Description
1869 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
1872 \begin_layout Description
1879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1888 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
1892 \begin_layout Description
1893 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
1894 Mathematical Society (AMS).
1895 There are three article layouts available.
1896 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
1897 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
1898 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
1899 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
1901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1904 sequential numbering
1905 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1908 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
1909 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
1910 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
1911 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
1914 \begin_layout Description
1915 Beamer Layout for presentations
1918 \begin_layout Description
1919 broadway Layout for writing plays.
1920 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1924 \begin_layout Description
1926 \begin_inset Space ~
1929 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
1932 \begin_layout Description
1933 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1936 \begin_layout Description
1939 Die TeXnische Komödie
1941 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
1944 \begin_layout Description
1945 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
1948 \begin_layout Description
1949 Foils Used to make transparencies
1952 \begin_layout Description
1953 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1956 \begin_layout Description
1957 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
1958 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1962 \begin_layout Description
1963 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
1964 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
1967 \begin_layout Description
1968 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
1971 \begin_layout Description
1972 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
1975 \begin_layout Description
1976 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
1977 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
1980 \begin_layout Description
1981 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
1984 \begin_layout Description
1989 LaTeX document class
1992 \begin_layout Description
1993 Powerdot Layout for presentations
1996 \begin_layout Description
2001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2008 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2009 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2011 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2014 \begin_layout Description
2015 Slides Used to make transparencies
2018 \begin_layout Description
2020 \begin_inset Space ~
2023 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2024 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2027 \begin_layout Description
2028 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2031 \begin_layout Description
2036 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2039 \begin_layout Standard
2040 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2042 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2047 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2048 of the document classes.
2051 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2055 \begin_layout Standard
2056 You can select a class using the
2058 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2072 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2076 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2077 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2096 \begin_layout Standard
2097 Since LyX 1.6, layout modules can be used to add additional features to a
2098 document without the user's having to include those features in a new layout
2100 The available modules are listed in the Available Modules pane of the
2102 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2116 Highlighting one of them will bring up a description of the module.
2117 Please note that some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always
2118 installed by default.
2119 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2120 Note also that some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules
2124 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2128 \begin_layout Standard
2129 Each class has a default set of options.
2130 Here's a quick table describing them:
2133 \begin_layout Standard
2134 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2140 \begin_layout Standard
2142 \begin_inset Tabular
2143 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2145 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2146 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2147 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2148 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2149 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2603 \begin_layout Standard
2604 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2610 \begin_layout Standard
2611 You're probably also wondering what
2612 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2616 \begin_inset Space ~
2620 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2624 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2625 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2630 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2635 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2645 headings, there are also
2653 headings, and so on.
2654 We'll describe these headings fully in section
2655 \begin_inset Space ~
2659 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2661 reference "sub:Headings"
2668 \begin_layout Subsection
2673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2680 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2682 name "sub:Document-Layout"
2692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2701 \begin_layout Standard
2702 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2704 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2715 \begin_inset Space ~
2720 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
2722 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2723 to use for your document.
2724 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2728 \begin_layout Standard
2732 \begin_inset Space ~
2741 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
2742 You can choose between the following five options:
2745 \begin_layout Labeling
2746 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2751 Use default pagestyle of current class.
2754 \begin_layout Labeling
2755 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2760 No page numbers or headings.
2763 \begin_layout Labeling
2764 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2772 \begin_layout Labeling
2773 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2778 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
2779 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
2780 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
2783 \begin_layout Labeling
2784 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2789 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
2796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2797 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
2805 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
2806 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
2808 Check the documentation for the
2812 package for more details,
2813 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
2822 \begin_layout Standard
2827 of paragraphs is described in section
2828 \begin_inset Space ~
2832 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2834 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2841 \begin_layout Subsection
2842 Paper Size and Orientation
2846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2847 Document ! Paper size
2853 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2855 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
2862 \begin_layout Standard
2863 You'll find the following options in the menu
2866 \begin_inset Space ~
2871 of the dialog of the
2873 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2891 \begin_layout Labeling
2892 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2897 What size paper to print on.
2901 \begin_layout Itemize
2907 \begin_layout Itemize
2917 \begin_layout Itemize
2923 \begin_layout Itemize
2929 \begin_layout Itemize
2935 \begin_layout Itemize
2941 \begin_layout Itemize
2947 \begin_layout Labeling
2948 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2953 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
2964 \begin_layout Labeling
2965 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2969 \begin_inset Space ~
2974 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
2975 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
2978 \begin_layout Subsection
2983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2990 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3009 \begin_layout Standard
3010 Paper margins are set in the menu
3012 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3030 \begin_layout Standard
3031 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3032 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3033 the paper format and the font size into account.
3036 \begin_layout Subsection
3040 \begin_layout Standard
3041 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3046 That includes the paragraph environments.
3047 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3048 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3049 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3050 paragraph environments to
3054 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3055 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3056 the conversion and why it failed.
3059 \begin_layout Section
3060 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3065 Paragraph ! Indentation
3073 \begin_layout Subsection
3075 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3077 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3084 \begin_layout Standard
3085 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3086 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3089 \begin_layout Standard
3090 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3091 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3092 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3093 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3097 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3103 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3104 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3105 language than English.
3106 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3109 \begin_layout Standard
3110 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3111 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
3113 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3114 LyX takes care of that.
3115 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3117 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3118 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3119 of a page, and so on.
3123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3124 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3129 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3130 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3134 of these pre-coded spacings.
3135 We'll explain more later.
3138 \begin_layout Subsection
3139 Paragraph Separation
3143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3144 Paragraph ! Separation
3152 \begin_layout Standard
3153 To separate paragraphs, select
3164 \begin_inset Space ~
3171 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3184 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3185 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3186 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3189 \begin_layout Standard
3199 \begin_layout Standard
3200 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3201 \begin_inset Space ~
3205 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3207 reference "cap:Units"
3212 The default length is 30
3213 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
3219 \begin_layout Subsection
3223 \begin_layout Standard
3224 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3227 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3229 \begin_inset Space ~
3234 dialog and toggle the
3237 \begin_inset Space ~
3242 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3243 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3244 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3248 \begin_layout Standard
3249 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3250 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3253 \begin_layout Subsection
3258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3259 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3267 \begin_layout Standard
3270 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3283 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3286 \begin_inset Space ~
3295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3296 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3303 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3310 installed to use this feature.
3318 \begin_layout Section
3319 Paragraph Environments
3323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3324 Paragraph ! Environments
3330 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3332 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3341 Paragraph environments|(
3349 \begin_layout Subsection
3353 \begin_layout Standard
3354 The paragraph environments correspond to the various
3357 \begin_layout Standard
3376 \begin_inset Newline newline
3379 command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
3380 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3381 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3390 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3393 \begin_layout Standard
3394 A paragraph environment is simply a
3395 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3399 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3402 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3403 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3404 scheme, labels, and so on.
3405 Additionally, you can
3406 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3410 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3413 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3414 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3415 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3416 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3417 days of typewriters.
3418 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3420 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3423 \begin_layout Standard
3424 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
3426 LyX will change the environment of the
3430 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3431 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3432 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3436 \begin_layout Standard
3445 create a new paragraph using the
3449 paragraph environment.
3451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3458 because if you are in one of these environments:
3461 \begin_layout Itemize
3467 \begin_layout Itemize
3473 \begin_layout Itemize
3479 \begin_layout Itemize
3485 \begin_layout Itemize
3491 \begin_layout Itemize
3497 \begin_layout Itemize
3503 \begin_layout Standard
3504 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3508 , rather than resetting it to
3513 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3514 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3515 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
3516 \begin_inset Space ~
3520 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3522 reference "sec:Nesting"
3527 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3532 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3533 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3541 \begin_layout Subsection
3545 \begin_layout Standard
3546 The default paragraph environment is
3551 It creates a plain paragraph.
3552 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3553 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3554 this manual) are in the
3561 \begin_layout Standard
3562 You can nest a paragraph using the
3566 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3574 \begin_layout Subsection
3579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3588 \begin_layout Standard
3589 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3591 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3595 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3598 for thanks or contact information.
3599 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3600 page along with today's date.
3601 For other types of documents, the title
3602 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3606 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3609 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3613 \begin_layout Standard
3614 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3628 Here's how you use them:
3631 \begin_layout Itemize
3632 Put the title of your document in the
3639 \begin_layout Itemize
3640 Put the author name in the
3647 \begin_layout Itemize
3648 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3649 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3655 Note that using this environment is optional.
3656 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3657 If you don't want any date, add the line
3658 \begin_inset Newline newline
3668 \begin_inset Newline newline
3671 to the preamble of your document (menu
3673 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3679 \begin_layout Standard
3680 You can use footnotes to insert
3681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3685 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3688 or contact informations.
3691 \begin_layout Subsection
3696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3703 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3712 \begin_layout Standard
3713 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3714 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3717 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3723 Section headings ! Numbered
3731 \begin_layout Standard
3732 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
3736 \begin_layout Enumerate
3742 \begin_layout Enumerate
3748 \begin_layout Enumerate
3754 \begin_layout Enumerate
3760 \begin_layout Enumerate
3766 \begin_layout Enumerate
3772 \begin_layout Enumerate
3778 \begin_layout Standard
3779 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
3780 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
3781 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
3784 \begin_layout Standard
3785 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
3786 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
3787 You group the book into chapters.
3788 LyX does similar grouping:
3791 \begin_layout Itemize
3796 is divided in either
3805 \begin_layout Itemize
3817 \begin_layout Itemize
3829 \begin_layout Itemize
3841 \begin_layout Itemize
3853 \begin_layout Itemize
3865 \begin_layout Standard
3866 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
3869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3874 Not all document types use the
3878 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
3883 is the top-level heading.
3891 \begin_layout Standard
3896 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
3897 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
3899 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
3901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3905 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3911 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3917 Section headings ! Unnumbered
3925 \begin_layout Standard
3926 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
3930 \begin_layout Enumerate
3936 \begin_layout Enumerate
3942 \begin_layout Enumerate
3948 \begin_layout Enumerate
3954 \begin_layout Enumerate
3960 \begin_layout Standard
3962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3966 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3969 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
3970 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
3971 table of contents, see section
3972 \begin_inset Space ~
3976 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3985 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3986 Changing the Numbering
3987 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3989 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
3996 \begin_layout Standard
3997 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
3998 in the Table of Contents.
3999 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4001 Certain classes start with
4015 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4025 This is something you can change.
4028 \begin_layout Standard
4031 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4051 \begin_inset Space ~
4055 \begin_inset Space ~
4060 you'll see two counters.
4065 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4067 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4071 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4072 Short Titles of Headings
4076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4077 Section headings ! Short titles
4086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4093 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4095 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4102 \begin_layout Standard
4103 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4104 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
4105 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4106 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4109 \begin_layout Standard
4110 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4111 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4112 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4113 To specify a short title, use the menu
4115 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4117 \begin_inset Space ~
4123 This will insert a box labeled
4124 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4128 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4132 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4136 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4139 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4140 This also works for captions inside floats.
4143 \begin_layout Standard
4144 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4147 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4151 \begin_layout Standard
4152 The following information applies to all section headings:
4155 \begin_layout Itemize
4156 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4159 \begin_layout Itemize
4160 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4163 \begin_layout Itemize
4164 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4167 \begin_layout Itemize
4168 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4171 \begin_layout Subsection
4172 Quotes and Poetryline spacing
4175 \begin_layout Standard
4176 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4190 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4191 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4192 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4193 the text they contain.
4194 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4202 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4205 \begin_layout Standard
4206 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4215 when you start a new paragraph.
4216 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4220 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4221 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4222 to change back to the
4226 environment yourself.
4229 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4239 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4258 \begin_layout Standard
4259 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4260 time for the differences.
4269 are identical except for one difference:
4273 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4282 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4285 \begin_layout Standard
4286 Here's an example of the
4299 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4301 See -- no indentation!
4305 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4306 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4307 the other paragraph.
4310 \begin_layout Standard
4311 Here's another example, this time in the
4318 \begin_layout Quotation
4324 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4325 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4326 the first line, then
4330 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4334 you were quoting other text.
4337 \begin_layout Quotation
4338 Here's a new paragraph.
4339 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4340 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4343 \begin_layout Standard
4344 As the examples show,
4348 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4349 They should put quotes in the
4354 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4358 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4361 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4389 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4398 \begin_layout Standard
4403 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4409 \begin_inset Newline newline
4412 Which I did not rehearse!
4416 It could be much worse.
4417 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4419 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4420 indented a bit more than the first.
4421 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4427 \begin_inset Newline newline
4430 And make things look fine
4431 \begin_inset Newline newline
4441 \begin_layout Standard
4446 does not indent both margins.
4447 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4448 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4459 \begin_layout Subsection
4464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4471 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4480 \begin_layout Standard
4481 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4491 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4500 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4501 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4502 some general features of all four of them.
4505 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4509 \begin_layout Standard
4510 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4512 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4521 reset the environment to
4525 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4526 The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
4527 If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
4532 to break paragraphs.
4535 \begin_layout Standard
4536 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4537 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4539 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4540 you read all of section
4541 \begin_inset Space ~
4545 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4547 reference "sec:Nesting"
4555 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4571 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4580 \begin_layout Standard
4581 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4585 paragraph environment.
4586 It has the following properties:
4589 \begin_layout Itemize
4590 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4594 \begin_layout Itemize
4595 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4598 \begin_layout Itemize
4599 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4603 \begin_layout Itemize
4604 The items can have any length.
4605 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4606 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4613 \begin_layout Itemize
4618 environment inside another
4622 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4626 \begin_layout Itemize
4627 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4630 \begin_layout Itemize
4631 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4634 \begin_layout Itemize
4636 \begin_inset Space ~
4640 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4642 reference "sec:Nesting"
4646 for a full explanation of nesting.
4650 \begin_layout Standard
4651 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4660 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4663 \begin_layout Standard
4664 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4665 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4666 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4669 \begin_layout Itemize
4670 The label for the first level
4674 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4678 \begin_layout Itemize
4679 The label for the second level is a dash.
4683 \begin_layout Itemize
4684 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4688 \begin_layout Itemize
4689 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4693 \begin_layout Itemize
4694 Back out to the third level.
4698 \begin_layout Itemize
4699 Back to the second level.
4703 \begin_layout Itemize
4704 Back to the outermost level.
4707 \begin_layout Standard
4708 These are the default labels for an
4713 You can customize these labels in the
4715 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4718 dialog in the submenu
4728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4737 \begin_layout Standard
4738 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
4739 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
4741 \begin_inset Space ~
4745 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4747 reference "sec:Nesting"
4754 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4770 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4772 name "sec:Enumerate"
4779 \begin_layout Standard
4784 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
4785 It has these properties:
4788 \begin_layout Enumerate
4789 Each item has a numeral as its label.
4793 \begin_layout Enumerate
4794 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
4798 \begin_layout Enumerate
4799 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
4802 \begin_layout Enumerate
4807 environment resets the counter to one.
4810 \begin_layout Enumerate
4823 \begin_layout Enumerate
4824 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
4825 Items can have any length.
4828 \begin_layout Enumerate
4829 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
4832 \begin_layout Enumerate
4833 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
4836 \begin_layout Enumerate
4837 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
4841 \begin_layout Standard
4850 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
4851 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
4858 \begin_layout Enumerate
4859 The first level of an
4863 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
4867 \begin_layout Enumerate
4868 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
4872 \begin_layout Enumerate
4873 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
4877 \begin_layout Enumerate
4878 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
4881 \begin_layout Enumerate
4882 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
4887 \begin_layout Enumerate
4888 Back to the third level
4892 \begin_layout Enumerate
4893 Back to the second level.
4897 \begin_layout Enumerate
4898 Back to the outermost level.
4901 \begin_layout Standard
4902 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
4907 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
4912 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
4916 \begin_layout Standard
4917 There is more to nesting
4921 environments than we've stated here.
4922 You should read section
4923 \begin_inset Space ~
4927 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4929 reference "sec:Nesting"
4933 to learn more about nesting.
4936 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4952 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4954 name "sec:Description-List"
4961 \begin_layout Standard
4962 Unlike the previous two environments, the
4966 list has no fixed label.
4967 Instead, LyX uses the first
4968 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4972 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4975 of the first line as the label.
4979 \begin_layout Description
4980 Example: This is an example of the
4987 \begin_layout Standard
4988 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
4992 \begin_layout Standard
4994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5001 it is meant that the first hit of the
5005 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5007 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5018 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5019 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5021 \begin_inset Space ~
5027 \begin_inset Space ~
5031 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5033 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5037 for more info.) Here is an example:
5040 \begin_layout Description
5042 \begin_inset Space ~
5045 Example: This one shows how to use a
5048 \begin_inset Space ~
5060 \begin_layout Description
5061 Usage: You should use the
5065 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5066 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5068 It's not a good idea to use a
5072 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5073 You're better off using
5085 paragraphs into them.
5088 \begin_layout Description
5089 Nesting: You can nest
5093 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5097 \begin_layout Standard
5098 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5099 them from the first line.
5102 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5112 Lists ! Lyx@LyX list
5118 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5127 \begin_layout Standard
5132 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5136 \begin_layout Standard
5145 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5146 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5149 \begin_layout Labeling
5150 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5152 \begin_inset Space ~
5155 labels LyX uses the first
5156 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5160 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5163 of each line as the item label.
5168 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5169 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5170 blank as described above.
5173 \begin_layout Labeling
5174 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5175 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5176 the body of the item text.
5177 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5178 label width plus a little extra space.
5182 \begin_layout Labeling
5183 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5185 \begin_inset Space ~
5188 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5190 If the label width is larger, the label
5191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5198 into the first line.
5199 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5200 margin of the rest of the item text.
5203 \begin_layout Labeling
5204 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5206 \begin_inset Space ~
5209 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5214 environment have the same left margin.
5215 \begin_inset Newline newline
5218 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5221 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5223 \begin_inset Space ~
5232 \begin_inset Space ~
5237 determines the default label width.
5238 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5240 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5247 multiple times instead.
5248 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5257 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5260 \begin_inset Space ~
5265 every time you alter a label in a
5270 \begin_inset Newline newline
5273 The predefined default width is the length of
5274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5278 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5283 \begin_inset Newline newline
5287 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5295 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5296 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5304 \begin_layout Standard
5309 environment the same way like the
5313 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5319 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5323 \begin_layout Standard
5328 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5330 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5332 \begin_inset Space ~
5336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5338 reference "sec:Nesting"
5342 to learn about nesting.
5345 \begin_layout Standard
5346 There is yet another feature of the
5350 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5352 You can use additional
5356 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5362 \begin_inset Space ~
5366 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5368 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5373 Here are some examples:
5376 \begin_layout Labeling
5377 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5378 Left The default for
5385 \begin_layout Labeling
5386 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5387 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
5394 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5397 \begin_layout Labeling
5398 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5399 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
5403 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
5410 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5413 \begin_layout Subsection
5418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5427 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5435 \begin_inset Space ~
5443 \begin_layout Standard
5444 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
5452 \begin_inset Space ~
5458 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
5459 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
5460 In contrast, you can use the
5467 \begin_inset Space ~
5472 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
5473 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
5477 \begin_layout Standard
5478 Of course, you're not limited to using
5485 \begin_inset Space ~
5494 \begin_inset Space ~
5499 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
5500 some European academic papers.
5503 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5505 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5507 name "sec:Address-Usage"
5514 \begin_layout Standard
5519 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
5520 for the opening and signature in some countries.
5524 \begin_inset Space ~
5529 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
5530 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
5531 Here's an example of each:
5534 \begin_layout Right Address
5536 \begin_inset Newline newline
5540 \begin_inset Newline newline
5544 \begin_inset Newline newline
5547 When is it? What is today?
5550 \begin_layout Standard
5554 \begin_inset Space ~
5560 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
5561 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
5562 Here's an example of the
5569 \begin_layout Address
5571 \begin_inset Newline newline
5574 Where do I send this
5575 \begin_inset Newline newline
5578 Your post office and country
5581 \begin_layout Standard
5582 As you can see, both
5589 \begin_inset Space ~
5594 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
5599 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
5605 This makes sense, since
5613 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5614 Thus, you have to use
5625 \begin_inset Space ~
5628 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5630 \begin_inset Space ~
5639 menu) to start a new line in an
5646 \begin_inset Space ~
5654 \begin_layout Subsection
5658 \begin_layout Standard
5659 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5660 or list of references.
5661 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5664 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5680 \begin_layout Standard
5685 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5686 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5687 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5688 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5692 in anything else or vice versa.
5698 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5699 The book document classes ignores the
5703 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5707 in a letter document class.
5710 \begin_layout Standard
5715 environment does several things for you.
5716 First, it puts the centered label
5717 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5721 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5725 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
5727 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
5728 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
5729 the subsequent text.
5730 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
5731 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
5734 \begin_layout Standard
5735 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
5739 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5740 The new paragraph will still be in the
5745 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
5746 finish entering the abstract of your document.
5749 \begin_layout Standard
5750 \begin_inset Float figure
5755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5757 \begin_inset Graphics
5758 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
5766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5767 \begin_inset Caption
5769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5770 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5772 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5793 \begin_layout Standard
5794 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
5798 environment, but since this document is in the
5799 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5803 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5806 class, we can't do this.
5807 We inserted it therefore as figure
5808 \begin_inset Space ~
5812 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5814 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5819 If you've never heard of an
5820 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5824 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5827 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
5830 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5846 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5848 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
5855 \begin_layout Standard
5860 environment is used to list references.
5861 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5862 only use it at the end of the document.
5867 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
5870 \begin_layout Standard
5871 When you first open a
5875 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
5876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5884 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5888 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5891 depending on the document class.
5892 The heading is in a large boldface font.
5893 Each paragraph of the
5897 environment is a bibliography entry.
5902 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5903 Each new paragraph is still in the
5910 \begin_layout Standard
5911 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
5913 \begin_inset Space ~
5917 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5919 reference "sec:Bibliography"
5926 \begin_layout Subsection
5933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5934 Paragraph ! LyX code
5940 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5949 \begin_layout Standard
5954 environment is another LyX extension.
5955 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
5960 key as a fixed whitespace;
5964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5976 \begin_inset Space ~
5981 instead of an end-of-word marker.
5986 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
5987 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6005 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6006 So, when you finish using the
6010 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6011 Also, you can nest the
6015 environment inside of others.
6018 \begin_layout Standard
6019 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6022 \begin_layout Itemize
6027 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
6039 \begin_layout Itemize
6052 \begin_layout Itemize
6057 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6064 \begin_layout Itemize
6073 \begin_layout Itemize
6074 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6075 You must put at least one
6079 in any line you want blank.
6080 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6083 \begin_layout Itemize
6084 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6088 since that will insert
6093 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6101 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
6104 \begin_layout Standard
6108 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6112 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6116 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6120 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6124 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6125 printf("Hello World!
6130 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6134 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6138 \begin_layout Standard
6139 This is just the standard
6140 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6144 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6151 \begin_layout Standard
6156 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6157 rc-files, and so on.
6158 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6159 as if you used a typewriter.
6163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6164 Paragraph environments|)
6172 \begin_layout Section
6173 Nesting Environments
6177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6178 Nesting ! Environments
6184 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6193 \begin_layout Subsection
6197 \begin_layout Standard
6198 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6200 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
6202 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6204 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6206 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6210 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6216 \begin_layout Enumerate
6220 \begin_layout Enumerate
6225 \begin_layout Enumerate
6229 \begin_layout Enumerate
6234 \begin_layout Enumerate
6238 \begin_layout Standard
6239 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6240 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6243 \begin_inset Space ~
6247 \begin_inset Space ~
6255 \begin_inset Space ~
6259 \begin_inset Space ~
6268 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6269 will tell you how far you are nested).
6270 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6271 \begin_inset Graphics
6272 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6277 \begin_inset Graphics
6278 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6282 or the convenient key bindings
6290 to change the nesting level.
6291 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6292 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6296 \begin_layout Standard
6297 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6298 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6299 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6300 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6303 \begin_layout Standard
6304 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6305 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6307 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6310 \begin_layout Subsection
6311 What You Can and Can't Nest
6314 \begin_layout Standard
6315 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6316 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6319 \begin_layout Standard
6320 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6321 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6322 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6325 \begin_layout Itemize
6326 Completely unnestable
6329 \begin_layout Itemize
6330 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6331 other things inside of them.
6334 \begin_layout Itemize
6335 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6339 \begin_layout Standard
6340 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6341 environments have them:
6344 \begin_layout Description
6345 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6346 Can't nest into them.
6350 \begin_layout Itemize
6356 \begin_layout Itemize
6362 \begin_layout Itemize
6370 \begin_layout Itemize
6376 \begin_layout Itemize
6382 \begin_layout Itemize
6390 \begin_layout Itemize
6396 \begin_layout Itemize
6402 \begin_layout Itemize
6408 \begin_layout Itemize
6414 \begin_layout Itemize
6420 \begin_layout Itemize
6426 \begin_layout Itemize
6432 \begin_layout Itemize
6438 \begin_layout Itemize
6444 \begin_layout Itemize
6450 \begin_layout Itemize
6457 \begin_layout Description
6459 \begin_inset Space ~
6462 Nestable You can nest them.
6463 You can nest other things into them.
6467 \begin_layout Itemize
6473 \begin_layout Itemize
6479 \begin_layout Itemize
6485 \begin_layout Itemize
6491 \begin_layout Itemize
6497 \begin_layout Itemize
6503 \begin_layout Itemize
6509 \begin_layout Itemize
6516 \begin_layout Description
6517 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
6518 You can't nest anything into them.
6522 \begin_layout Itemize
6528 \begin_layout Itemize
6532 \begin_inset Space ~
6538 \begin_layout Itemize
6545 \begin_layout Standard
6550 environment doesn't really fit anywhere, since it's only used inside of
6554 \begin_inset Space ~
6562 \begin_inset Space ~
6570 \begin_layout Subsection
6571 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
6575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6576 Nesting ! Tables etc.
6582 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6584 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
6591 \begin_layout Standard
6592 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
6593 affected by nesting anyhow.
6597 \begin_layout Itemize
6601 \begin_layout Itemize
6605 \begin_layout Itemize
6609 \begin_layout Standard
6611 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6619 If you put a figure or a table in a
6623 , this is no longer true.
6628 Have a look at section
6629 \begin_inset Space ~
6633 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6635 reference "sec:Floats"
6639 for more informations about
6646 \begin_layout Standard
6647 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
6648 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
6652 \begin_layout Standard
6653 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
6654 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6658 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6661 of its own, it behaves just like a
6662 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6666 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6669 paragraph environment.
6670 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
6674 \begin_layout Standard
6675 Here's an example with a table:
6678 \begin_layout Enumerate
6683 \begin_layout Enumerate
6684 This is (a) and it's nested.
6688 \begin_layout Standard
6689 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6695 \begin_layout Standard
6697 \begin_inset Tabular
6698 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6700 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6701 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6785 \begin_layout Standard
6786 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6793 \begin_layout Enumerate
6795 The table is actually nested inside (a).
6799 \begin_layout Enumerate
6803 \begin_layout Standard
6804 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
6807 \begin_layout Enumerate
6812 \begin_layout Enumerate
6813 This is (a) and it's nested.
6817 \begin_layout Standard
6818 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6824 \begin_layout Standard
6826 \begin_inset Tabular
6827 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6829 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6830 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6914 \begin_layout Standard
6915 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6921 \begin_layout Enumerate
6928 In fact, it's not nested at all.
6931 \begin_layout Enumerate
6935 \begin_layout Standard
6936 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
6940 \begin_layout Standard
6941 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
6943 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
6946 \begin_layout Enumerate
6951 \begin_layout Enumerate
6952 This is (a) and it's nested.
6955 \begin_layout Standard
6956 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6962 \begin_layout Standard
6964 \begin_inset Tabular
6965 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6967 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6968 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7052 \begin_layout Standard
7053 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7059 \begin_layout Enumerate
7061 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7069 \begin_layout Enumerate
7073 \begin_layout Standard
7074 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7080 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7081 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7085 \begin_layout Subsection
7086 Usage and General Features
7087 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7089 name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
7096 \begin_layout Standard
7097 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7103 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7106 is the innermost possible depth.
7107 Here's an example to display what we mean:
7110 \begin_layout Enumerate
7111 level #1 - outermost
7115 \begin_layout Enumerate
7120 \begin_layout Enumerate
7125 \begin_layout Enumerate
7130 \begin_layout Itemize
7135 \begin_layout Itemize
7144 \begin_layout Standard
7145 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7146 both of them in the example.
7147 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7157 For example, if we tried to nest another
7162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7172 \begin_layout Subsection
7177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7186 \begin_layout Standard
7187 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7188 We have several examples of nested environments.
7189 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7193 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7194 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7197 \begin_layout Labeling
7198 \labelwidthstring MMM
7199 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7208 \begin_layout Labeling
7209 \labelwidthstring MMM
7210 #2-a This is level #2.
7211 We created it by using
7223 \begin_layout Labeling
7224 \labelwidthstring MMM
7225 #3-a This is level #3.
7226 This time, we just hit
7235 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7248 \begin_layout Standard
7253 environment, nested inside of
7254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7262 So, it's at level #4.
7263 We did this by hitting
7271 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7276 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7292 \begin_layout Standard
7297 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7304 \begin_layout Labeling
7305 \labelwidthstring MMM
7306 #4-a This is level #4.
7311 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7316 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7320 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7325 keep nesting things inside of
7326 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7330 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7337 \begin_layout Labeling
7338 \labelwidthstring MMM
7339 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7344 \begin_layout Labeling
7345 \labelwidthstring MMM
7346 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7347 and this is level #6.
7348 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7352 \begin_layout Labeling
7353 \labelwidthstring MMM
7354 #5-b Back to level #5.
7367 \begin_layout Labeling
7368 \labelwidthstring MMM
7377 , we're back at level #4.
7381 \begin_layout Labeling
7382 \labelwidthstring MMM
7383 #3-b Back to level #3.
7384 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7388 \begin_layout Labeling
7389 \labelwidthstring MMM
7390 #2-b Back to level #2.
7395 \begin_layout Labeling
7396 \labelwidthstring MMM
7397 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
7398 After this sentence, we'll hit
7402 and change the paragraph environment back to
7409 \begin_layout Standard
7410 We could have also used the
7426 environment in place of the
7431 The example would have worked exactly the same.
7434 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7435 Example 2: Inheritance
7438 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7439 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
7442 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7452 , after which, we'll change to the
7460 \begin_layout Enumerate
7465 environment, at level #2.
7468 \begin_layout Enumerate
7469 Notice how the nested
7473 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
7477 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
7481 \begin_layout Standard
7482 We ended this example by hitting
7487 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
7491 and resetting the nesting depth by using
7498 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7499 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
7511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7512 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
7520 \begin_layout Enumerate
7521 This is level #1, in an
7525 paragraph environment.
7526 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
7530 \begin_layout Enumerate
7541 Now, what happens if we nest an
7545 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
7546 label be? An asterisk?
7550 \begin_layout Itemize
7560 environment, even though it's at level #3.
7561 So, its label is a bullet.
7562 (We got here by using
7570 , then changing the environment to
7578 \begin_layout Itemize
7579 Here's level #4, produced using
7588 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7593 \begin_layout Enumerate
7594 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7596 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
7601 Notice the type of numbering, it is
7605 , because we are in the
7629 \begin_layout Enumerate
7634 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
7635 type of numbering does LyX use?
7638 \begin_layout Enumerate
7639 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
7643 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
7646 \begin_layout Enumerate
7651 to decrease the depth after the next
7659 \begin_layout Enumerate
7661 Look what type of label LyX is using!
7665 \begin_layout Enumerate
7667 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
7668 numeral as the label.Why?
7671 \begin_layout Enumerate
7672 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
7681 Notice, however, that LyX
7685 reset the counter for the label.
7689 \begin_layout Enumerate
7698 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7699 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7700 into the twofold-nested
7708 \begin_layout Enumerate
7709 The same thing happens if we do another
7717 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
7720 \begin_layout Standard
7721 Lastly, we reset the environment to
7726 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
7740 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
7746 The same rule applies for the
7750 environment, as well.
7753 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7754 Example 4: Going Bonkers
7757 \begin_layout Enumerate
7758 We're going to go totally nuts now.
7759 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
7760 same detail with how we did it.
7769 \begin_layout Standard
7772 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
7774 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
7775 example in parentheses someplace.
7776 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
7777 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
7778 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
7782 \begin_layout Enumerate
7787 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
7792 Now we'll add verse.
7793 \begin_inset Newline newline
7796 It will get much worse.
7797 \begin_inset Newline newline
7802 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
7808 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
7809 \begin_inset Newline newline
7812 Bippitey boppitey boo!
7813 \begin_inset Newline newline
7826 \begin_layout Standard
7827 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7833 \begin_layout Standard
7835 \begin_inset Tabular
7836 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7838 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7839 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
7844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
7882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7927 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
7931 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
7937 \begin_layout Enumerate
7942 : level #1) This is another item.
7943 Note that selecting a
7947 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
7948 3 times to put the table inside the
7956 \begin_layout Quotation
7957 We're now ending the
7961 list and changing to
7966 We're still at level #1.
7967 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
7968 The next set of paragraphs is a
7969 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7973 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7983 \begin_inset Space ~
7988 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
7992 for the letter body.
7997 to preserve the depth.
7998 Remember that you need to use
8002 to create multiple lines inside the
8009 \begin_inset Space ~
8019 \begin_layout Right Address
8021 \begin_inset Newline newline
8024 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8025 \begin_inset Newline newline
8031 \begin_layout Address
8033 \begin_inset Space ~
8039 \begin_layout Quotation
8040 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8041 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
8044 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8045 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8046 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8047 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8048 as soon as possible.
8049 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8052 \begin_layout Quotation
8053 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8054 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8055 with your order, along with payment.
8058 \begin_layout Quotation
8059 We thank you again for your patience.
8062 \begin_layout Address
8064 \begin_inset Newline newline
8071 \begin_layout Quotation
8072 That ends that example!
8075 \begin_layout Standard
8076 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8077 just a few keystrokes.
8078 We could have easily nested an
8099 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8102 \begin_layout Section
8103 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8116 \begin_layout Standard
8117 What is a space? While you might be used to press the space key anytime
8118 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8119 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8120 be broken at the end of a line.
8121 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8125 \begin_layout Subsection
8127 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8129 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8146 \begin_layout Standard
8147 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8149 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8153 Further documentation is given in section
8154 \begin_inset Newline newline
8158 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8160 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8168 \begin_layout Standard
8169 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8170 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8174 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8178 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8182 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8184 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8189 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8193 A protected space is set with
8195 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8196 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8200 \begin_inset Space ~
8214 \begin_layout Subsection
8216 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8218 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8227 Spacing ! Horizontal
8235 \begin_layout Standard
8236 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8238 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8239 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8243 The length units are listed in Appendix
8244 \begin_inset Space ~
8248 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8250 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8257 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8259 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8261 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8278 \begin_layout Standard
8280 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8284 \begin_inset Space \space{}
8287 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
8288 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
8289 \begin_inset Space ~
8293 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8295 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8300 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8301 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
8308 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8310 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8312 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8329 \begin_layout Standard
8331 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8335 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8338 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8339 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8347 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8348 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8349 inside abbreviations:
8354 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8358 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.
8359 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8363 \begin_inset Space \space{}
8369 \begin_layout Standard
8370 or between values and units.
8371 Compare for example this:
8372 \begin_inset Newline newline
8376 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8380 \begin_inset Newline newline
8386 \begin_layout Standard
8387 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
8389 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8390 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8392 \begin_inset Space ~
8404 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8406 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8408 name "sub:More-Spaces"
8415 \begin_layout Standard
8416 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
8419 \begin_layout Description
8421 \begin_inset Space ~
8425 \begin_inset Space ~
8429 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8433 \begin_inset Space \negthinspace{}
8437 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8440 Negative thin space between the arrows.
8443 \begin_layout Description
8445 \begin_inset Space ~
8449 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8453 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8457 \begin_inset Space \enskip{}
8461 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8465 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8468 em) space between the arrows.
8471 \begin_layout Description
8473 \begin_inset Space ~
8477 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8481 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8485 \begin_inset Space \quad{}
8489 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8493 \begin_inset Space ~
8497 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8500 em) space between the arrows.
8503 \begin_layout Description
8505 \begin_inset Space ~
8509 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8513 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8517 \begin_inset Space \qquad{}
8521 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8525 \begin_inset Space ~
8529 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8532 em) space between the arrows.
8535 \begin_layout Description
8537 \begin_inset Space ~
8541 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8545 \begin_inset Space \hspace{}
8550 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8554 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8557 cm space between the arrows.
8560 \begin_layout Standard
8562 \begin_inset Space ~
8566 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8568 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
8572 lists the different space sizes.
8575 \begin_layout Standard
8576 \begin_inset Float table
8581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8583 \begin_inset Caption
8585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8586 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8588 name "tab:Width-of-the"
8592 Width of the different horizotal spaces.
8600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8602 \begin_inset Tabular
8603 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
8605 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8606 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8646 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8670 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8694 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8718 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8733 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8746 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8761 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8774 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8789 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8802 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8823 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8841 \begin_layout Standard
8842 Horizontal fills (hfills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
8843 in a uniform fashion.
8844 An hfill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
8845 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
8846 If there is more than one hfill on a line, they divide the available space
8847 equally between themselves.
8851 \begin_layout Standard
8852 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
8857 This is on the left side
8858 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8861 This is on the right
8867 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8871 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8880 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8884 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8888 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8894 \begin_layout Standard
8895 That was an example in the
8901 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8905 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8909 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8912 is one in a standard paragraph.
8913 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
8917 sitting in-between the two arrows.
8920 \begin_layout Standard
8921 There may be more than one set of margins on a line.
8922 Here's an example with the
8929 \begin_layout Labeling
8930 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
8932 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8936 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8940 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8944 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8950 \begin_layout Standard
8952 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8956 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8959 marks the beginning of the item.
8960 (There is actually a
8961 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8965 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8968 hfill inside of the label of the
8972 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.) Hfills work
8974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8981 situations, like two-column mode.
8984 \begin_layout Standard
8985 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8993 If an hfill is at the beginning of a line, and
8997 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
8998 This prevents hfills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
8999 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9003 option in the space dialog.
9011 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9025 \begin_layout Standard
9026 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9028 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9031 \begin_layout Standard
9032 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9035 What is correct English?:
9036 \begin_inset Newline newline
9040 \begin_inset Newline newline
9044 \begin_inset Space ~
9047 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9048 \begin_inset Newline newline
9055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9066 \begin_inset Newline newline
9073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9084 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9090 \begin_layout Standard
9091 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9096 \begin_inset Space ~
9100 \begin_inset Space ~
9104 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9108 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9115 In our case write the command
9122 (note the space after
9123 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9127 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9130 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9131 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9132 That is why it is named
9133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9145 There exists also the commands
9157 , but this too special for the LyX Userguide.
9158 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9159 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9161 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9173 \begin_layout Subsection
9175 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9177 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9194 \begin_layout Standard
9195 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9197 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9198 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9200 \begin_inset Space ~
9206 There you find the following sizes:
9209 \begin_layout Standard
9222 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
9227 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9229 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9242 for the paragraph separation.
9243 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
9254 \begin_layout Standard
9263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9269 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
9270 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
9272 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
9273 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
9282 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
9286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9291 s are described in section
9292 \begin_inset Space ~
9296 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9298 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9307 If there are several
9311 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
9312 You can therefore use
9316 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
9319 \begin_layout Standard
9324 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
9325 \begin_inset Space ~
9329 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9331 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9338 \begin_layout Standard
9339 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9349 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
9350 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
9362 \begin_layout Subsection
9366 \begin_layout Standard
9367 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
9369 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9373 There are four possibilities:
9376 \begin_layout Itemize
9382 \begin_layout Itemize
9388 \begin_layout Itemize
9394 \begin_layout Itemize
9400 \begin_layout Standard
9401 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
9402 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
9403 the left and right margins.
9404 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
9407 \begin_layout Standard
9409 This paragraph is right aligned,
9412 \begin_layout Standard
9414 this one is centered,
9417 \begin_layout Standard
9419 this one is left aligned.
9422 \begin_layout Subsection
9427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9434 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9436 name "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
9443 \begin_layout Standard
9444 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
9445 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
9446 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
9447 Only if you use many
9451 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
9454 \begin_layout Standard
9455 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
9456 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
9460 have to change the pagebreaking.
9463 \begin_layout Standard
9464 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
9466 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
9468 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9469 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9471 \begin_inset Space ~
9477 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
9479 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9480 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9482 \begin_inset Space ~
9487 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
9489 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
9490 on which only the last few lines are absent.
9493 \begin_layout Standard
9494 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
9495 at the top of a page.
9496 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
9497 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
9498 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
9499 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
9501 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9503 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
9514 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9516 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9518 name "sub:Clear-Pages"
9526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9535 \begin_layout Standard
9536 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
9537 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
9538 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
9539 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
9540 if necessary by adding pages.
9543 \begin_layout Standard
9544 You can insert a clear pagebreak with the menu
9546 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9547 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9549 \begin_inset Space ~
9555 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
9557 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9558 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9560 \begin_inset Space ~
9564 \begin_inset Space ~
9569 to insert a clear pagebreak that assures that the next page is a right-hand
9570 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
9573 \begin_layout Subsection
9578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9585 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9587 name "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
9594 \begin_layout Standard
9595 Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
9597 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
9599 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9600 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9602 \begin_inset Space ~
9606 \begin_inset Space ~
9616 Another type that is inserted via the menu
9618 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9619 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9621 \begin_inset Space ~
9625 \begin_inset Space ~
9630 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
9632 This is necessary to avoid
9633 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9637 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9640 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
9643 \begin_layout Standard
9644 You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
9645 LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
9646 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
9647 set a linebreak, e.g.
9648 in a poem or for an address (see sections
9649 \begin_inset Space ~
9653 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9655 reference "sec:Quote"
9660 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9662 reference "sec:Verse"
9667 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9669 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
9676 \begin_layout Subsection
9678 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9680 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
9688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9697 \begin_layout Standard
9702 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9703 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9705 \begin_inset Space ~
9710 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
9716 \begin_layout Section
9717 Fonts and Text Styles
9718 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9720 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
9727 \begin_layout Subsection
9732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9741 \begin_layout Standard
9742 There are two types of fonts:
9745 \begin_layout Description
9747 \begin_inset Space ~
9754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9760 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
9761 characters) in the font.
9762 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
9763 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
9764 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
9765 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
9766 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
9767 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
9768 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
9769 provide a good image.
9770 \begin_inset Newline newline
9773 One could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
9774 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
9775 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
9776 sizes than at small ones.
9777 \begin_inset Newline newline
9791 \begin_inset Space ~
9799 \begin_layout Description
9801 \begin_inset Space ~
9808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9814 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
9815 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
9816 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
9817 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
9818 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
9819 picture manipulation program.
9820 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
9821 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
9822 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
9823 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
9824 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
9826 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
9827 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
9828 \begin_inset Newline newline
9831 Bitmap fonts are named
9834 \begin_inset Space ~
9839 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
9842 \begin_layout Standard
9843 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
9844 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
9845 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
9846 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
9850 \begin_layout Standard
9851 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
9852 its document properties.
9855 \begin_layout Standard
9856 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
9857 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
9858 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
9859 font to emphasize text, you use an
9860 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9864 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9868 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
9869 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
9873 \begin_layout Subsection
9874 Document Font and Font size
9875 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9877 name "sub:Document-Font"
9885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9904 \begin_layout Standard
9905 You can set the document fonts in the
9907 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9921 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
9922 font shapes roman (serif),
9925 \begin_inset Space ~
9937 \begin_layout Standard
9938 The possible options for the font include
9942 and a list of fonts available on your system.
9947 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
9948 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9956 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9969 European Computer Modern
9972 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9982 \begin_layout Standard
9991 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
9992 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
9996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9997 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10000 \begin_inset Space ~
10005 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10011 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10012 There are three ways to use one:
10015 \begin_layout Itemize
10016 One way is to use the
10026 Virtual means that it
10027 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10031 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10038 -glyphs from other fonts.
10039 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10045 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10049 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10053 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10061 Loading the LaTeX-package
10069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10070 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10075 with the document preamble line
10078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10083 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10087 will fix the guillemet problem.
10092 and that accented characters are not
10096 glyph, they are build of
10100 characters, the accent and the letter.
10101 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10105 fonts for words with accented characters.
10106 If you search for example for the French word
10107 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10111 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10114 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10116 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10120 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10123 and not for the glyph
10124 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10128 \begin_inset Space ~
10132 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10138 \begin_layout Itemize
10139 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10152 , consists of these three main font types
10155 \begin_inset Space ~
10176 \begin_inset Space ~
10186 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
10190 \begin_inset Space ~
10197 as typewriter font.
10198 \begin_inset Newline newline
10201 The differences between roman,
10204 \begin_inset Space ~
10213 fonts are explained in section
10214 \begin_inset Space ~
10218 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10220 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10225 \begin_inset Newline newline
10231 \begin_inset Space ~
10236 was originally designed for newspapers.
10237 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
10238 into the small newspaper columns.
10242 \begin_inset Space ~
10247 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
10250 \begin_layout Itemize
10251 The best solution is to use the
10256 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
10263 \begin_layout Standard
10264 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10267 For the font size there are four possible values:
10284 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
10287 \begin_layout Standard
10288 The font sizes are the
10293 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
10294 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
10295 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
10298 \begin_inset Space ~
10304 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
10305 \begin_inset Space ~
10309 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10311 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10318 \begin_layout Standard
10319 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10323 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10331 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
10335 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
10336 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
10337 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
10339 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10342 dialog, see section
10343 \begin_inset Space ~
10347 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10349 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
10361 \begin_layout Subsection
10362 Using Different Character Styles
10366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10385 \begin_layout Standard
10386 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10387 certain paragraph environments.
10388 LyX supports two character styles,
10397 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10401 \begin_layout Standard
10406 style, do one of the following:
10409 \begin_layout Itemize
10410 click on the toolbar button
10411 \begin_inset Graphics
10412 filename ../images/font-noun.png
10419 \begin_layout Itemize
10423 \begin_inset Space ~
10429 \begin_layout Standard
10430 These commands are all toggles.
10435 style is already active, they deactivate it.
10438 \begin_layout Standard
10439 One typically uses the
10443 style for proper names.
10445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10452 is the original author of LyX.
10453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10459 \begin_layout Standard
10460 A more widely used character style is the
10465 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
10472 \begin_layout Itemize
10473 clicking on the toolbar button
10474 \begin_inset Graphics
10475 filename ../images/font-emph.png
10482 \begin_layout Itemize
10483 using the keybindings
10486 \begin_inset Space ~
10492 \begin_layout Standard
10497 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
10498 es use a different font.
10501 \begin_layout Standard
10502 We've been using the
10506 style all over the place in this document.
10507 Here's one more example:
10510 \begin_layout Quotation
10513 Don't overuse character styles!
10516 \begin_layout Standard
10517 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
10518 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
10519 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
10520 the common tendency to overuse character style.
10524 \begin_layout Standard
10525 You can always reset to the default font using the keybinding
10528 \begin_inset Space ~
10535 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10537 \begin_inset Space ~
10545 \begin_layout Subsection
10546 Fine-Tuning with the
10551 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10553 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10570 \begin_layout Standard
10571 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
10572 gives you a way to create custom character style.
10573 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
10574 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
10575 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
10576 from ordinary dialog.
10579 \begin_layout Standard
10580 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
10581 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
10582 \begin_inset Newline newline
10585 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
10586 tend to look like someone has knocked huge holes in it.
10589 \begin_layout Standard
10590 To use custom character styles, open the
10592 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10594 \begin_inset Space ~
10600 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
10601 font property which you can choose.
10602 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
10605 \begin_inset Space ~
10610 , which keeps the current state of that property.
10615 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
10616 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
10617 environments in a snap.
10620 \begin_layout Standard
10621 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
10624 \begin_inset Space ~
10636 \begin_layout Labeling
10637 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10643 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10647 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10651 The possible options are:
10655 \begin_layout Labeling
10656 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10661 This is the Roman font family.
10662 Normally a serif font.
10663 It's also the default family.
10668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10680 \begin_inset Space ~
10689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10697 \begin_inset Note Note
10700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10701 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
10702 It is explained in section
10703 \begin_inset Space ~
10707 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10709 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
10721 \begin_layout Labeling
10722 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10726 \begin_inset Space ~
10733 This is the Sans Serif font family.
10740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10752 \begin_inset Space ~
10761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10771 \begin_layout Labeling
10772 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10779 This is the Typewriter font family.
10786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10798 \begin_inset Space ~
10807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10820 \begin_layout Labeling
10821 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10826 This corresponds to the print weight.
10831 \begin_layout Labeling
10832 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10837 This is the Medium font series.
10838 It's also the default series.
10841 \begin_layout Labeling
10842 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10849 This is the Bold font series.
10856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10868 \begin_inset Space ~
10877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10888 \begin_layout Labeling
10889 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10894 As the name implies.
10899 \begin_layout Labeling
10900 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10905 This is the Upright font shape.
10906 It's also the default shape.
10909 \begin_layout Labeling
10910 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10924 s the Italic font shape
10930 \begin_layout Labeling
10931 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10938 This is the Slanted font shape
10940 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
10943 \begin_layout Labeling
10944 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10948 \begin_inset Space ~
10955 This is the Small caps font shape
10962 \begin_layout Labeling
10963 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10968 Alters the size of the font.
10969 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
10970 nal to the document font size.
10971 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
10972 what you want to do.
10977 \begin_layout Labeling
10978 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10986 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10990 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11012 \begin_inset Space ~
11021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11044 \begin_inset Space ~
11053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11063 \begin_layout Labeling
11064 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11072 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11076 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11098 \begin_inset Space ~
11107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11117 \begin_layout Labeling
11118 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11130 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11152 \begin_inset Space ~
11161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11184 \begin_inset Space ~
11193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11203 \begin_layout Labeling
11204 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11238 \begin_inset Space ~
11247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11270 \begin_inset Space ~
11279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11289 \begin_layout Labeling
11290 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11296 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11304 It's also the default size.
11309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11321 \begin_inset Space ~
11330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11353 \begin_inset Space ~
11362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11372 \begin_layout Labeling
11373 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11407 \begin_inset Space ~
11416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11439 \begin_inset Space ~
11448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11458 \begin_layout Labeling
11459 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11493 \begin_inset Space ~
11502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11525 \begin_inset Space ~
11534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11544 \begin_layout Labeling
11545 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11553 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11557 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11579 \begin_inset Space ~
11588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11598 \begin_layout Labeling
11599 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11607 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11611 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11633 \begin_inset Space ~
11642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11665 \begin_inset Space ~
11674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11684 \begin_layout Labeling
11685 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11693 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11697 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11719 \begin_inset Space ~
11728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11751 \begin_inset Space ~
11760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11771 \begin_layout Standard
11776 : don't go crazy with this feature.
11777 You should almost never need to change the font size.
11778 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
11779 - use that instead.
11780 This is here for fine-tuning only!
11783 \begin_layout Labeling
11784 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11789 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
11794 \begin_layout Labeling
11795 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11802 This is text with emphasize on
11805 This might seem like the same as
11809 , but it is actually a bit different.
11815 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
11817 Normally this font is equal to italic.
11820 \begin_layout Labeling
11821 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11828 This is text with Underbar on.
11835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11847 \begin_inset Space ~
11856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11866 \begin_inset Newline newline
11871 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
11872 when you couldn't change fonts.
11873 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
11874 It's only included in LyX because some people
11878 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
11881 \begin_layout Labeling
11882 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11889 This is text with Noun on.
11896 , this is a logical attribute.
11897 Normally it's equivalent to
11900 \begin_inset Space ~
11909 \begin_layout Labeling
11910 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11915 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
11916 Notice that not all dvi-viewers are are able to display colors.
11920 \begin_inset Space ~
11925 , which is the default
11926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11930 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11933 and means normally black, you can choose between
11969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11978 \begin_layout Labeling
11979 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11984 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
11985 the language of the document.
11986 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
11990 \begin_layout Standard
11991 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
11992 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
11994 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11996 \begin_inset Space ~
12001 dialog, the settings are saved.
12002 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12003 \begin_inset Graphics
12004 filename ../images/font-free-apply.png
12009 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12010 when the dialog isn't visible.
12014 \begin_layout Standard
12015 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12018 \begin_inset Space ~
12024 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12025 (suppose you just set the shape to
12026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12030 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12034 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12038 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12044 \begin_inset Space ~
12056 \begin_layout Standard
12057 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12065 \begin_inset Space ~
12077 \begin_layout Itemize
12083 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12087 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12090 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12091 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12095 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12103 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12108 \begin_inset Newline newline
12115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12140 \begin_inset Note Note
12143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12144 For more on phantoms see section
12145 \begin_inset Space ~
12149 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12151 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12161 \begin_inset Newline newline
12167 \begin_layout Itemize
12172 fonts use characters with serifs.
12173 These are the small
12174 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12178 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12181 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
12182 The following example will show the difference:
12183 \begin_inset Newline newline
12187 \begin_inset Newline newline
12192 text without serifs
12195 \begin_inset Newline newline
12198 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
12199 They are therefore used as default font (named
12206 \begin_layout Itemize
12212 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12213 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12216 \begin_layout Standard
12217 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12218 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12221 \begin_layout Section
12222 Printing and Previewing
12225 \begin_layout Subsection
12229 \begin_layout Standard
12230 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12231 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12232 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12233 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12234 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
12237 \begin_inset Space ~
12245 \begin_layout Standard
12246 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12247 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12248 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12249 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12250 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12251 This happens in two stages:
12254 \begin_layout Enumerate
12255 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12256 generating a file with the extension,
12257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12265 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12271 \begin_layout Enumerate
12272 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12276 file to produce printable output.
12280 \begin_layout Subsection
12281 Output file formats
12285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12292 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12294 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12301 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12307 File formats ! ASCII
12315 \begin_layout Standard
12316 This file type has the extension
12317 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12325 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12329 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12330 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12333 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12334 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12340 \begin_layout Standard
12341 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12343 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12344 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12350 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12356 File formats ! Latex@LaTeX
12364 \begin_layout Standard
12365 This file type has the extension
12366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12374 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12377 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12379 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12380 it manually with console commands.
12381 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12382 you view or export your document.
12385 \begin_layout Standard
12386 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12388 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12389 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12406 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12420 \begin_layout Standard
12421 This file type has the extension
12422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12430 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12435 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12442 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12443 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12444 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
12446 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12450 \begin_layout Standard
12451 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12459 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
12460 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12465 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
12466 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12467 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
12468 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12471 \begin_layout Standard
12472 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12474 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12475 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12481 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12487 File formats ! PostScript
12495 \begin_layout Standard
12496 This file type has the extension
12497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12505 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12509 PostScript was developed by the company
12513 as printer language.
12514 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12516 PostScript can be seen as
12517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12520 programming language
12521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12524 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12529 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
12538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12539 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12549 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12552 \begin_layout Standard
12553 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12554 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12557 Encapsulated PostScript
12558 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12561 (EPS, file extension
12562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12570 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12574 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12575 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12576 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
12577 whenever you view or export your document.
12578 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12579 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12580 EPS to avoid this problem.
12583 \begin_layout Standard
12584 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12586 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12587 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12593 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12617 \begin_layout Standard
12618 This file type has the extension
12619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12627 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12632 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12635 Portable Document Format
12636 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12639 (PDF) is developed by
12643 as derivative from PostScript.
12644 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
12646 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12650 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12653 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12654 looks exactly the same.
12657 \begin_layout Standard
12658 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12659 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12662 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12663 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12666 (JPG, file extension
12667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12675 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12679 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12691 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12694 Portable Network Graphics
12695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12698 (PNG, file extension
12699 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12707 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12711 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
12712 in the background to one of these formats.
12713 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
12714 will slow down your workflow.
12715 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
12718 \begin_layout Standard
12719 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
12721 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12724 in three different ways:
12727 \begin_layout Description
12728 PDF This uses the program
12732 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
12733 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
12737 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
12738 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
12741 \begin_layout Description
12743 \begin_inset Space ~
12746 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
12750 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
12754 \begin_layout Description
12756 \begin_inset Space ~
12759 (pdflatex) This uses the program
12763 that converts your file directly to PDF.
12766 \begin_layout Standard
12767 We recommend to use
12770 \begin_inset Space ~
12779 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
12785 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
12788 \begin_layout Subsection
12793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12802 \begin_layout Standard
12803 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
12804 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
12808 and choose a file type.
12809 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
12812 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12815 you can use the toolbar button
12816 \begin_inset Graphics
12817 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
12827 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12829 \begin_inset Space ~
12834 you can use the toolbar button
12835 \begin_inset Graphics
12836 filename ../images/buffer-export_pdf2.png
12843 \begin_layout Standard
12844 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
12845 viewer window using the menu
12847 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12853 \begin_layout Standard
12854 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
12856 To have a real output, export your document.
12859 \begin_layout Subsection
12860 Printing the File from within LyX
12861 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12863 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
12870 \begin_layout Standard
12871 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
12872 it directly from within LyX.
12873 To print a file, select the menu
12875 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12878 or click on the toolbar button
12879 \begin_inset Graphics
12880 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
12885 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
12886 This file is then processed by the program
12890 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
12895 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
12898 \begin_layout Standard
12899 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
12900 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
12901 printing one set to print on the other side.
12902 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
12903 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
12904 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
12907 \begin_layout Standard
12908 You can set the parameters in the
12911 \begin_inset Space ~
12919 \begin_layout Labeling
12920 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12925 This is the name of the printer to print to.
12929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12930 Note that this printer name is for the program
12939 has to be configured for this printer name.
12940 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
12941 \begin_inset Space ~
12945 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12947 reference "sub:Printer"
12956 The printer should understand PostScript.
12959 \begin_layout Labeling
12960 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12965 The name of a file to print to.
12966 The output will be a PostScript file.
12967 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
12971 \begin_layout Section
12972 A few Words about Typography
12976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12985 \begin_layout Subsection
12990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12997 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13006 \begin_layout Standard
13008 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13016 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13019 character comes in three lengths, often called the
13034 \begin_layout Enumerate
13036 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13040 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13052 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13058 \begin_layout Enumerate
13060 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13064 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13068 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13095 \begin_layout Enumerate
13097 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13101 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13145 \begin_layout Enumerate
13147 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13151 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13155 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13167 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13173 \begin_layout Standard
13174 You generate them by inserting the
13175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13183 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13186 character multiple times in a row.
13187 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
13188 final output, but not in LyX.
13191 \begin_layout Standard
13192 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13193 math mode and has a length of its own.
13194 Here are some examples of the
13195 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13203 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13209 \begin_layout Enumerate
13210 line- and page-breaks
13211 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13221 \begin_layout Enumerate
13223 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13233 \begin_layout Enumerate
13234 Oh --- there's a dash.
13235 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13245 \begin_layout Enumerate
13246 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13250 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13260 \begin_layout Subsection
13265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13272 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13274 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13281 \begin_layout Standard
13282 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13283 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13290 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! babel
13297 following the rules of the document language
13301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13302 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13310 \begin_inset Space ~
13314 \begin_inset Space ~
13321 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13332 \begin_layout Standard
13333 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
13338 and with unusual constructs, like
13339 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13347 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13348 This is done with the menu
13350 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13351 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13353 \begin_inset Space ~
13359 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13360 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13363 \begin_layout Standard
13364 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13365 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
13366 a hyphen and a space in the form
13367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13375 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
13376 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13380 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13383 as hyphenation possibility.
13384 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13385 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
13386 of the LaTeX-box-command
13392 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13393 As LyX doesn't support
13399 , we have to use ERT.
13400 The result looks in LyX like:
13403 \begin_layout Standard
13404 \begin_inset Graphics
13405 filename clipart/mbox.png
13412 \begin_layout Standard
13413 To learn more about ERT, have a look at section
13414 \begin_inset Space ~
13418 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13420 reference "sec:ERT"
13427 \begin_layout Subsection
13432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13441 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13442 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13443 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13445 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13452 \begin_layout Standard
13453 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13454 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13455 LaTeX then adds the
13456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13459 appropriate amount of space
13460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13464 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13466 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13469 \begin_layout Standard
13470 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
13473 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13481 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13484 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13485 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13488 \begin_layout Standard
13489 Here are some examples of
13493 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13496 \begin_layout Itemize
13501 \begin_layout Itemize
13506 \begin_layout Standard
13507 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13510 \begin_layout Itemize
13513 this is too much space!
13516 \begin_layout Itemize
13521 \begin_layout Standard
13522 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13525 \begin_layout Standard
13526 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13529 \begin_layout Enumerate
13533 \begin_inset Space ~
13538 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13539 \begin_inset Space ~
13543 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13545 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13554 Spaces ! inter-word
13562 \begin_layout Enumerate
13566 \begin_inset Space ~
13571 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13572 \begin_inset Space ~
13576 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13578 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13595 \begin_layout Enumerate
13599 \begin_inset Space ~
13603 \begin_inset Space ~
13607 \begin_inset Space ~
13614 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13616 \begin_inset Space ~
13621 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
13622 This function is also bound to
13629 \begin_layout Standard
13630 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
13633 \begin_layout Itemize
13635 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
13639 \begin_inset Space \space{}
13642 this is too much space!
13645 \begin_layout Itemize
13646 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
13650 \begin_layout Standard
13651 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
13652 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
13653 LaTeX will care about this.
13656 \begin_layout Standard
13657 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
13660 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13662 \begin_inset Space ~
13667 feature described in section
13678 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13684 Typography ! Quotes
13693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13722 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13731 \begin_layout Standard
13732 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
13733 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
13734 and use a closing quote at the end.
13736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13744 The keyboard character,
13748 , generates this automatically.
13751 \begin_layout Standard
13752 You can change the behavior of the
13756 key using the submenu
13762 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13770 Document ! Settings
13778 \begin_layout Standard
13779 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
13784 There are six choices:
13787 \begin_layout Labeling
13788 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13791 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13800 Use quotes like this
13801 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13805 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13809 \begin_inset Quotes els
13813 \begin_inset Quotes ers
13819 \begin_layout Labeling
13820 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13823 \begin_inset Quotes sld
13827 \begin_inset Quotes srd
13833 \begin_inset Quotes sld
13837 \begin_inset Quotes srd
13841 \begin_inset Quotes ers
13847 \begin_layout Labeling
13848 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13851 \begin_inset Quotes gld
13855 \begin_inset Quotes grd
13861 \begin_inset Quotes gld
13865 \begin_inset Quotes grd
13869 \begin_inset Quotes gls
13873 \begin_inset Quotes grs
13879 \begin_layout Labeling
13880 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13883 \begin_inset Quotes pld
13887 \begin_inset Quotes prd
13893 \begin_inset Quotes pld
13897 \begin_inset Quotes prd
13901 \begin_inset Quotes pls
13905 \begin_inset Quotes prs
13911 \begin_layout Labeling
13912 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13915 \begin_inset Quotes fld
13919 \begin_inset Quotes frd
13925 \begin_inset Quotes fld
13929 \begin_inset Quotes frd
13933 \begin_inset Quotes fls
13937 \begin_inset Quotes frs
13943 \begin_layout Labeling
13944 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13947 \begin_inset Quotes ald
13951 \begin_inset Quotes ard
13957 \begin_inset Quotes ald
13961 \begin_inset Quotes ard
13965 \begin_inset Quotes als
13969 \begin_inset Quotes ars
13975 \begin_layout Standard
13976 These settings affects what character the
13983 \begin_layout Subsection
13988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13989 Typography ! Ligatures
13998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14027 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14029 name "sub:Ligatures"
14036 \begin_layout Standard
14037 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14038 print them as single characters.
14039 These groups are known as
14044 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14046 Here are the standard ligatures:
14049 \begin_layout Itemize
14053 \begin_layout Itemize
14057 \begin_layout Itemize
14061 \begin_layout Itemize
14065 \begin_layout Itemize
14069 \begin_layout Standard
14070 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14073 \begin_layout Standard
14074 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14075 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14076 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14080 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14083 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14084 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14088 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14099 To break a ligature, use
14101 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14102 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14104 \begin_inset Space ~
14111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14115 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14119 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14122 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14124 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14128 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14132 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14136 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14139 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14147 \begin_layout Subsection
14152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14153 Lyx@LyX ! Proper names
14159 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14161 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14168 \begin_layout Standard
14169 You have surely noticed, that the word
14170 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14174 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14177 appears always with characters in different size and height.
14178 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14179 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
14180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14199 \begin_inset Note Note
14202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14203 The braces in ERT are here to avoid that the
14204 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14208 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14211 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14212 To create proper names omit the ERT.
14217 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14221 \begin_layout Description
14222 LyX The name of the game, write
14223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14244 \begin_layout Description
14245 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14267 \begin_layout Description
14268 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14269 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14290 \begin_layout Description
14291 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14313 \begin_layout Standard
14314 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14319 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14327 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14328 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14329 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14332 : The actual version is
14333 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14337 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14340 , the previous one was
14341 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14345 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14351 \begin_layout Standard
14352 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
14353 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in ERT in the word.
14354 This will look in LyX like:
14355 \begin_inset Graphics
14356 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14361 \begin_inset Newline newline
14364 For more about ERT, look at section
14365 \begin_inset Space ~
14369 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14371 reference "sec:ERT"
14378 \begin_layout Subsection
14383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14392 \begin_layout Standard
14393 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14394 space between two words.
14395 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14405 for units use the menu
14407 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14408 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14410 \begin_inset Space ~
14422 \begin_layout Standard
14423 Here's an example to show the differences:
14426 \begin_layout Standard
14427 \begin_inset Tabular
14428 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14430 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14431 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14438 \begin_inset Space ~
14442 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14454 space between number and unit
14461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14466 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
14470 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14482 half space between number and unit
14495 \begin_layout Subsection
14500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14501 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14507 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14516 \begin_layout Standard
14517 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14519 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14520 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14521 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14522 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14523 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14524 These dangly-bits of text became known as
14535 \begin_layout Standard
14536 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14537 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14538 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14539 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14540 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14541 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14542 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14545 \begin_layout Standard
14546 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14547 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14548 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14549 \begin_inset Space ~
14553 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14555 key "latexcompanion"
14560 \begin_inset Space ~
14564 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14570 ] may have more information.
14571 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14574 \begin_layout Chapter
14575 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14576 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14578 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14585 \begin_layout Standard
14586 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14591 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14594 \begin_layout Section
14599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14606 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14615 \begin_layout Standard
14616 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
14619 \begin_layout Description
14621 \begin_inset Space ~
14624 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
14625 \begin_inset Newline newline
14629 \begin_inset Note Note
14632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14633 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
14641 \begin_layout Description
14642 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
14643 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
14645 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14646 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14647 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
14650 \begin_inset Newline newline
14654 \begin_inset Note Comment
14657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14658 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
14666 \begin_layout Description
14668 \begin_inset Space ~
14671 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
14672 \begin_inset Newline newline
14676 \begin_inset Newline newline
14680 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
14683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14689 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
14690 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
14691 How this can be done is explained in the
14700 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
14706 \begin_inset Newline newline
14710 \begin_inset Newline newline
14713 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
14714 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
14717 \begin_layout Description
14718 Framed This note will appear in the output as framed text.
14720 \begin_inset Box Framed
14729 height_special "totalheight"
14732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14733 This is text in a note box that appears framed in the output.
14738 In contrary to framed boxes like the one in section
14739 \begin_inset Space ~
14743 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14745 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
14749 , the frame uses always the whole text width and the note is set into its
14753 \begin_layout Description
14754 Shaded This note will appear in the output with red background color.
14755 \begin_inset Box Shaded
14764 height_special "totalheight"
14767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14768 This text in a note box appears in the output with red background.
14773 In contrary to colored boxes, the note uses always the whole text width
14774 and the note is set into its own paragraph.
14777 \begin_layout Standard
14778 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
14779 \begin_inset Graphics
14780 filename ../images/note-insert.png
14782 scaleBeforeRotation
14788 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14792 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
14795 \begin_layout Section
14800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14807 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14809 name "sec:Footnotes"
14816 \begin_layout Standard
14817 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
14820 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14823 or the toolbar button
14824 \begin_inset Graphics
14825 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
14838 \begin_inset Graphics
14839 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
14849 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
14859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14878 label, the box will
14882 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
14883 Clicking on the box label again, will close
14896 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
14912 \begin_layout Standard
14913 Here's an example footnote:
14921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14922 To close a footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
14930 \begin_layout Standard
14931 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
14932 position where the footnote box is placed.
14933 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
14934 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
14935 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
14936 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
14937 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
14942 ey are described in the
14949 \begin_layout Section
14954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14961 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14963 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
14970 \begin_layout Standard
14971 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
14972 When you insert a margin note via the menu
14974 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14976 \begin_inset Space ~
14981 or the toolbar button
14982 \begin_inset Graphics
14983 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15003 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15007 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15010 appearing within your text.
15011 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15020 \begin_layout Standard
15021 At the side is an example marginal note.
15025 \begin_inset Marginal
15028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15029 This is a marginal note.
15037 \begin_layout Standard
15038 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15039 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
15040 pages, right on odd pages.
15043 \begin_layout Section
15044 Graphics and Images
15048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15065 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15067 name "sec:Graphics"
15074 \begin_layout Standard
15075 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15076 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15077 \begin_inset Graphics
15078 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15084 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15088 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15091 \begin_layout Standard
15092 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15097 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15098 The appearance of the image inside LyX and in the output is adjusted separately.
15099 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15101 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15102 \begin_inset Space ~
15106 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15108 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15115 \begin_layout Standard
15120 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15121 of the image in the output.
15122 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15126 \begin_inset Space ~
15130 \begin_inset Space ~
15139 \begin_inset Space ~
15143 \begin_inset Space ~
15147 \begin_inset Space ~
15152 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15153 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15161 \begin_layout Standard
15162 LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options in the
15167 You can also set the
15171 option here if the image is inside a figure float.
15172 This option is explained in section
15173 \begin_inset Space ~
15177 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15179 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15187 \begin_inset Space ~
15192 effects that the image don't appear in the output, only a frame with the
15193 image size is printed.
15196 \begin_layout Standard
15197 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by right-clicking on an image.
15198 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15200 This is an example image in the PDF format within a separate, horizontally
15201 centered paragraph:
15204 \begin_layout Standard
15206 \begin_inset Graphics
15207 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15210 rotateOrigin center
15217 \begin_layout Standard
15218 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15219 the image into a float, see section
15220 \begin_inset Space ~
15224 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15226 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15233 \begin_layout Subsection
15238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15245 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15247 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15254 \begin_layout Standard
15255 You can insert images in any known file format.
15256 But as we explained in section
15257 \begin_inset Space ~
15261 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15263 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15267 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15268 LyX uses therefore the program
15272 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15273 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15274 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15275 \begin_inset Space ~
15279 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15281 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15288 \begin_layout Standard
15289 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15292 \begin_layout Description
15294 \begin_inset Space ~
15297 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15298 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15299 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15300 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15303 Graphics Interchange Format
15304 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15307 (GIF, file extension
15308 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15316 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15352 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15355 Portable Network Graphics
15356 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15359 (PNG, file extension
15360 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15368 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15407 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15408 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15411 (JPG, file extension
15412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15420 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15424 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15432 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15470 \begin_layout Description
15472 \begin_inset Space ~
15475 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15477 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15478 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15479 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15480 \begin_inset Newline newline
15483 Scalable image formats can be
15484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15487 Scalable Vector Graphics
15488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15491 (SVG, file extension
15492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15536 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15539 Encapsulated PostScript
15540 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15543 (EPS, file extension
15544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15588 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15591 Portable Document Format
15592 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15595 (PDF, file extension
15596 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15604 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15618 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15619 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15620 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15626 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15634 \begin_layout Standard
15635 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15639 \begin_layout Section
15644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15651 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15660 \begin_layout Standard
15661 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
15662 \begin_inset Graphics
15663 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
15670 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15674 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
15675 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
15676 from the rest of the table.
15677 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
15678 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
15680 Here's an example table:
15683 \begin_layout Standard
15685 \begin_inset Tabular
15686 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
15688 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15689 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15690 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
15691 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15891 \begin_layout Subsection
15895 \begin_layout Standard
15896 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
15897 brings up the table dialog.
15898 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
15899 where the cursor is placed currently.
15900 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
15901 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
15902 done on all of your selection.
15905 \begin_layout Standard
15906 Additionally to the table dialog the
15909 \begin_inset Space ~
15914 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
15916 It is for example currently only possible to add
15917 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
15921 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
15924 delete lines via the table toolbar.
15927 \begin_layout Standard
15931 \begin_inset Space ~
15936 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
15937 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
15938 current cell respectively.
15939 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
15941 A given width will allow the cell to have linebreaks and multiple paragraphs
15942 of text, see section
15943 \begin_inset Space ~
15947 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15949 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
15956 \begin_layout Standard
15957 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
15963 This will merge the cells to
15967 cell, spread over more than one column.
15968 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
15969 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
15970 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
15971 in the last row without the upper border:
15974 \begin_layout Standard
15976 \begin_inset Tabular
15977 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
15978 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
15979 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15980 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
15981 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
15982 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15993 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16002 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16078 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16113 \begin_layout Standard
16114 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16115 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16116 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16117 explained in the tables section of the
16120 \begin_inset Space ~
16126 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16127 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
16130 degrees counterclockwise.
16131 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16134 \begin_layout Standard
16135 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16143 Most DVI-viewers are
16147 able to display rotations.
16155 \begin_layout Standard
16160 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16165 adds lines for all cell borders.
16168 \begin_layout Subsection
16173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16174 Tables ! Longtables
16183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16192 \begin_layout Standard
16193 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16196 \begin_inset Space ~
16200 \begin_inset Space ~
16209 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16210 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16213 \begin_layout Description
16218 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16219 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16220 except for the first page, if
16223 \begin_inset Space ~
16231 \begin_layout Description
16235 \begin_inset Space ~
16240 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16241 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16244 \begin_layout Description
16249 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16250 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16251 except for the last page, if
16254 \begin_inset Space ~
16262 \begin_layout Description
16266 \begin_inset Space ~
16271 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16272 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16275 \begin_layout Standard
16276 You can also specify a row where the table is splitted.
16277 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16278 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16279 The others will then be defined as
16284 In this context, first means first in this order:
16287 \begin_inset Space ~
16299 \begin_inset Space ~
16305 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16308 \begin_layout Standard
16310 \begin_inset Tabular
16311 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16312 <features islongtable="true">
16313 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16314 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16315 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16316 <row endfirsthead="true">
16317 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16323 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16328 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16337 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16347 <row endfirsthead="true">
16348 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16359 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16368 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16380 <row endhead="true">
16381 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16392 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16401 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16411 <row endhead="true">
16412 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16423 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16432 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16444 <row endfoot="true">
16445 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16456 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16465 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16496 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17437 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17446 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17455 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17466 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17497 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17528 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17559 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17590 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17621 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17652 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17683 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17714 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17745 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17776 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17807 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17838 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17869 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17900 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17931 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17962 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17993 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18024 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18055 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18086 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18117 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18148 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18179 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18210 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18241 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18272 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18303 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18334 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18365 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18396 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18426 <row endlastfoot="true">
18427 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18438 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18447 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18464 \begin_layout Subsection
18469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18476 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18478 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18485 \begin_layout Standard
18486 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18487 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18488 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18489 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18493 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18494 for the cell's paragraph.
18497 \begin_layout Standard
18498 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18499 for the column in the table dialog.
18500 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18501 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18505 \begin_layout Standard
18507 \begin_inset Tabular
18508 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18510 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18511 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18512 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18532 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18601 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18657 This is longer now.
18662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18713 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18714 This is longer now.
18719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18745 \begin_layout Standard
18746 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
18747 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
18748 Selection with the mouse or with
18752 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
18753 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
18754 the selection from outside the table.
18757 \begin_layout Section
18762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18769 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18778 \begin_layout Standard
18779 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
18780 have a fixed location.
18782 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18786 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18789 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
18797 \begin_inset Space ~
18802 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
18803 too much notes at the page.
18806 \begin_layout Standard
18807 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
18808 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
18809 and pages without text.
18810 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
18811 , every float can be referenced in the text.
18812 Floats are therefore numbered.
18813 Referencing is described in section
18814 \begin_inset Space ~
18818 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18820 reference "sec:Cross-References"
18827 \begin_layout Standard
18828 To insert a float, use the menu
18830 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18834 A box with a caption that has e.
18835 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
18839 \begin_inset Space ~
18843 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18847 \begin_inset Space ~
18851 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18854 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
18855 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
18857 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
18861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18867 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
18868 paragraph within the float.
18869 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
18870 by left-clicking on the box label.
18871 A closed float box looks like this:
18872 \begin_inset Graphics
18873 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
18878 -- a gray button with a red label.
18881 \begin_layout Standard
18882 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
18883 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
18886 \begin_layout Subsection
18890 \begin_layout Subsubsection
18895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18896 Floats ! Figure floats
18902 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18904 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
18911 \begin_layout Standard
18914 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18915 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18918 inserts a float with the label
18919 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18925 \begin_inset Space ~
18931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18935 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
18936 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
18937 This is what we did for Figure
18938 \begin_inset Space ~
18942 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18944 reference "cap:Platypus"
18949 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
18950 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
18951 This was done in Figure
18952 \begin_inset Space ~
18956 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18958 reference "cap:Escher"
18965 \begin_layout Standard
18966 \begin_inset Float figure
18971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18973 \begin_inset Graphics
18974 filename clipart/platypus.eps
18977 rotateOrigin center
18984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18985 \begin_inset Caption
18987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18988 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18990 name "cap:Platypus"
18994 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19007 \begin_layout Standard
19008 \begin_inset Float figure
19013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19014 \begin_inset Caption
19016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19017 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19034 \begin_inset Graphics
19035 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19038 rotateOrigin center
19050 \begin_layout Standard
19051 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19053 As described in section
19054 \begin_inset Space ~
19058 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19060 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19064 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19066 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19069 and refer to it using the menu
19071 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19075 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19084 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19086 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19090 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19096 \begin_layout Standard
19097 Normally one inserts only one image to a figure float, but sometimes you
19098 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19099 This can be done in the graphics dialog: Right-click on an image and go
19103 \begin_inset Space ~
19108 in the appearing dialog, use the option
19112 , and enter the subcaption for the image in the now enabled caption field.
19114 \begin_inset Space ~
19118 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19120 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19124 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19125 You can also set the images one below the other.
19128 \begin_layout Standard
19129 \begin_inset Float figure
19134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19135 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
19139 \begin_inset Float figure
19144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19145 \begin_inset Caption
19147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19157 \begin_inset Graphics
19158 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19169 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
19173 \begin_inset Float figure
19178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19179 \begin_inset Caption
19181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19191 \begin_inset Graphics
19192 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19204 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
19210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19211 \begin_inset Caption
19213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19214 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19216 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19220 Two distorted images.
19233 \begin_layout Standard
19234 Note that the caption is added to the
19237 \begin_inset Space ~
19241 \begin_inset Space ~
19246 as described in section
19247 \begin_inset Space ~
19251 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19253 reference "sec:ListsOf"
19260 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19266 Floats ! Table floats
19272 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19274 name "sec:Table-Floats"
19281 \begin_layout Standard
19282 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19284 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19285 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19289 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
19292 \begin_inset Space ~
19296 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19298 reference "cap:Table-float"
19302 is an example of a table float.
19305 \begin_layout Standard
19306 \begin_inset Float table
19311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19312 \begin_inset Caption
19314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19315 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19317 name "cap:Table-float"
19329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19331 \begin_inset Tabular
19332 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19334 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19335 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19336 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19463 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19484 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19486 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19507 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19528 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19534 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19542 \begin_layout Standard
19543 This float type is inserted with the menu
19545 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19546 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19550 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19551 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19555 , described in section
19556 \begin_inset Space ~
19560 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19562 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19569 \begin_layout Standard
19570 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19578 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19584 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19587 \begin_layout Standard
19592 floatname{algorithm}{your
19593 \begin_inset Space ~
19599 \begin_layout Standard
19600 to the document preamble (menu
19602 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19609 \begin_inset Space ~
19615 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19629 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19635 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
19641 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19643 name "sec:Wrap-Floats"
19650 \begin_layout Standard
19651 \begin_inset Wrap figure
19658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19659 \begin_inset Graphics
19660 filename clipart/mobius.eps
19663 rotateOrigin center
19670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19671 \begin_inset Caption
19673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19674 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19676 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19680 This is a wrapped figure.
19681 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
19694 This float type is used if you want to
19695 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19699 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19702 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
19704 It can be inserted using the menu
19706 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19707 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19709 \begin_inset Space ~
19714 if the LaTeX-package
19722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19723 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
19732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19733 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
19736 \begin_inset Space ~
19746 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
19749 \begin_inset Space ~
19753 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19755 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19759 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
19760 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
19767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19768 Available units are explained in Appendix
19769 \begin_inset Space ~
19773 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19775 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
19784 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
19788 \begin_layout Standard
19789 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19797 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.g.
19798 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
19799 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
19800 over some other text.
19808 \begin_layout Itemize
19809 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
19810 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
19811 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
19812 breaks will appear.
19815 \begin_layout Itemize
19816 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
19817 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
19820 \begin_layout Itemize
19821 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
19822 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
19825 \begin_layout Itemize
19826 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
19829 \begin_layout Subsection
19831 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19833 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
19841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19850 \begin_layout Standard
19851 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
19852 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
19856 \begin_inset Space ~
19864 \begin_layout Standard
19865 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, when you have
19866 a two-column document).
19867 They are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
19868 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
19875 \begin_layout Standard
19876 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
19877 format is also the same: Table
19878 \begin_inset Space ~
19882 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19884 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
19888 is an example of a rotated table float.
19891 \begin_layout Standard
19892 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19900 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
19908 \begin_layout Standard
19909 \begin_inset Float table
19914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19915 \begin_inset Caption
19917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19918 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19920 name "cap:Rotated-table"
19932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19934 \begin_inset Tabular
19935 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
19937 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19938 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19939 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19940 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19941 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20001 \begin_layout Subsection
20003 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20005 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20022 \begin_layout Standard
20023 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20024 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20025 \begin_inset Newline newline
20031 \begin_inset Space ~
20036 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20037 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
20039 \begin_inset Newline newline
20045 \begin_inset Space ~
20050 is used to rotate floats, see section
20051 \begin_inset Space ~
20055 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20057 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20064 \begin_layout Standard
20065 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20066 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20069 \begin_inset Space ~
20073 \begin_inset Space ~
20081 \begin_layout Description
20083 \begin_inset Space ~
20087 \begin_inset Space ~
20090 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
20093 \begin_layout Description
20095 \begin_inset Space ~
20099 \begin_inset Space ~
20102 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
20105 \begin_layout Description
20107 \begin_inset Space ~
20111 \begin_inset Space ~
20114 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
20117 \begin_layout Description
20119 \begin_inset Space ~
20123 \begin_inset Space ~
20126 floats: try to place the float on an own page
20129 \begin_layout Standard
20130 The order of the above option is
20135 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20139 \begin_inset Space ~
20143 \begin_inset Space ~
20151 \begin_inset Space ~
20155 \begin_inset Space ~
20160 , and then the others.
20161 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20163 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20164 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20167 \begin_layout Standard
20168 By default, each options has its own rules:
20171 \begin_layout Standard
20175 \begin_inset Space ~
20179 \begin_inset Space ~
20184 only floats occupying less than 70
20185 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
20188 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20191 \begin_layout Standard
20195 \begin_inset Space ~
20199 \begin_inset Space ~
20204 : only floats occupying less than 30
20205 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
20208 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20211 \begin_layout Standard
20215 \begin_inset Space ~
20219 \begin_inset Space ~
20224 : only if more than 50
20225 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
20228 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20232 \begin_layout Standard
20233 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20237 \begin_inset Space ~
20241 \begin_inset Space ~
20249 \begin_layout Standard
20250 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20251 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20252 For this case you can use the option
20255 \begin_inset Space ~
20261 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20263 Because the float is then no longer able to
20264 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20271 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
20274 \begin_layout Standard
20275 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20276 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20279 \begin_layout Standard
20280 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20282 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20284 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20291 \begin_layout Section
20296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20303 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20305 name "sec:Minipages"
20312 \begin_layout Standard
20313 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20315 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20316 \begin_inset Space ~
20323 \begin_layout Standard
20324 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20326 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20330 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20331 and its alignment within the page.
20334 \begin_layout Standard
20336 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20345 height_special "totalheight"
20348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20351 This is a minipage.
20352 The text is set in an italic style.
20355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20358 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20359 another formatting.
20367 \begin_layout Standard
20368 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20371 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20375 as described in section
20376 \begin_inset Space ~
20380 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20382 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20387 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20393 \begin_layout Standard
20394 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20403 height_special "totalheight"
20406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20407 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20408 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20414 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
20418 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20427 height_special "totalheight"
20430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20431 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20432 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20440 \begin_layout Standard
20441 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20447 \begin_layout Standard
20448 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20449 to other box types.
20450 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20461 \begin_layout Chapter
20462 Mathematical Formulas
20466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20505 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20507 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20514 \begin_layout Standard
20515 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20520 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20523 \begin_layout Section
20528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20537 \begin_layout Standard
20538 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20539 \begin_inset Graphics
20540 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20545 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20547 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20548 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20549 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20551 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20557 \begin_layout Standard
20558 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20562 \begin_inset Space ~
20567 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20570 \begin_layout Standard
20571 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20572 line, like this one:
20575 \begin_layout Standard
20576 This is a line with an inline formula
20577 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
20583 \begin_layout Standard
20584 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
20586 \begin_inset Formula \[
20591 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
20594 \begin_layout Standard
20595 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
20598 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20608 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20611 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
20612 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
20616 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
20619 \begin_inset Space ~
20627 \begin_layout Subsection
20628 Navigating in Formulas
20632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20641 \begin_layout Standard
20642 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
20643 achieved with the arrow keys.
20644 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
20645 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
20650 will leave a formula construct (a square root
20651 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
20655 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
20659 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20661 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
20669 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
20674 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
20675 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
20678 \begin_layout Standard
20683 , printed in this document as
20684 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20701 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20705 \begin_inset Note Note
20708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20709 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
20710 space character (visible space).
20715 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
20716 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
20717 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
20722 For example, if you want
20723 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
20734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20777 , since in the latter case only the
20780 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
20785 will be under the square root sign:
20786 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
20792 \begin_layout Standard
20793 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
20795 \begin_inset Formula \[
20796 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
20799 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
20803 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
20804 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
20807 \begin_layout Subsection
20811 \begin_layout Standard
20812 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
20813 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
20817 and a cursor movement key to select text.
20818 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
20819 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
20820 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
20821 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
20824 \begin_layout Subsection
20825 Exponents and Subscripts
20829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20848 \begin_layout Standard
20849 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
20850 way is to use a command.
20852 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
20855 , type in a formula
20861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20877 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
20883 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
20887 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
20896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20908 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
20910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20917 , you have to use an extra
20921 to separate the hat and the character.
20924 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
20933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20945 Subscripts are similar: To get
20946 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
20955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20969 \begin_layout Subsection
20974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20983 \begin_layout Standard
20984 Create a fraction with either the command
20991 \begin_inset Graphics
20992 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21000 \begin_inset Space ~
21006 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21007 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21008 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21013 To move back up, press
21018 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21019 \begin_inset Formula \[
21020 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21022 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21029 \begin_layout Subsection
21034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21043 \begin_layout Standard
21044 Roots can be created using the
21047 \begin_inset Space ~
21053 \begin_inset Graphics
21054 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21077 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21083 produces always a square root.
21086 \begin_layout Subsection
21087 Operators with Limits
21091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21108 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21110 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21117 \begin_layout Standard
21119 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21123 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21126 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21127 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21128 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21129 The sum operator will automatically place its
21130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21137 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21140 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21144 \begin_inset Formula \[
21145 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21149 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21153 \begin_layout Standard
21154 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21156 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21157 behind the operator and hitting
21163 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21164 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21166 \begin_inset Space ~
21170 \begin_inset Space ~
21178 \begin_layout Standard
21179 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21184 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21187 feature as addition, such as
21191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21198 \begin_inset Formula \[
21199 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21203 which will place the
21204 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21216 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21217 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21223 \begin_layout Standard
21224 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21231 Have a look at section
21232 \begin_inset Space ~
21236 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21238 reference "sub:Functions"
21242 for an explanation of function macros.
21245 \begin_layout Subsection
21250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21259 \begin_layout Standard
21260 Most math symbols can be found in the
21263 \begin_inset Space ~
21268 under one of several categories; including
21285 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21289 \begin_layout Standard
21290 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21291 you don't have to use the
21294 \begin_inset Space ~
21299 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21300 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21303 \begin_layout Subsection
21308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21315 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21317 name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
21324 \begin_layout Standard
21325 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
21334 \begin_inset Space ~
21340 \begin_inset Graphics
21341 filename ../images/math/space.png
21346 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21347 Here a example for the sequence
21352 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21356 \begin_inset Graphics
21357 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21362 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21363 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21364 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21365 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
21370 \begin_layout Standard
21380 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21386 \begin_layout Standard
21396 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21402 \begin_layout Subsection
21407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21414 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21416 name "sub:Functions"
21423 \begin_layout Standard
21427 \begin_inset Space ~
21432 contains under the button
21433 \begin_inset Graphics
21434 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21438 a number of functions, such as
21439 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21443 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21451 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21458 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21459 avoid confusions, because
21460 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21464 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21470 \begin_layout Standard
21471 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21473 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21477 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21483 \begin_layout Standard
21484 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
21485 that subscripts are placed, like described in section
21486 \begin_inset Space ~
21490 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21492 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21499 \begin_layout Subsection
21504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21513 \begin_layout Standard
21514 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21516 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21517 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
21519 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21522 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21523 Our example is entered by typing
21531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21544 \begin_inset Space ~
21548 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21550 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21554 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21557 \begin_layout Standard
21558 \begin_inset Float table
21563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21564 \begin_inset Caption
21566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21567 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21569 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
21573 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
21581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21583 \begin_inset Tabular
21584 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
21586 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21587 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21588 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21672 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21726 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
21736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21780 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
21790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21834 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
21844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21888 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
21898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21942 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
21952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21996 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22050 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22104 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22149 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22170 \begin_layout Standard
22171 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22174 \begin_inset Space ~
22180 \begin_inset Graphics
22181 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22185 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22189 \begin_layout Section
22190 Brackets and Delimiters
22194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22211 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22213 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22220 \begin_layout Standard
22221 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22222 For most purposes, using just the keys
22227 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22228 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
22231 \begin_inset Space ~
22237 \begin_inset Graphics
22238 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22243 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22245 \begin_inset Formula \[
22246 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22248 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22252 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22253 \begin_inset Formula \[
22254 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22261 \begin_layout Standard
22262 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22263 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22266 \begin_layout Standard
22267 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22268 left side and right side.
22269 If you use the option
22272 \begin_inset Space ~
22277 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22278 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22279 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22280 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22283 \begin_layout Standard
22284 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22285 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22286 inside the brackets.
22287 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22292 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22295 \begin_layout Standard
22296 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
22297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22307 \begin_layout Section
22312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22319 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22321 name "sec:Grouping"
22328 \begin_layout Standard
22329 You may need to group a set of symbols.
22330 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
22341 \begin_layout Standard
22342 \begin_inset Formula \[
22343 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
22350 \begin_layout Standard
22351 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
22352 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22362 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22366 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
22367 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
22368 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
22371 \begin_layout Section
22372 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22397 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22405 \begin_layout Standard
22406 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22409 \begin_inset Space ~
22415 \begin_inset Graphics
22416 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22421 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22422 Here is an example:
22423 \begin_inset Formula \[
22424 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22427 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22431 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22432 \begin_inset Space ~
22436 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22438 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22443 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22444 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22445 This alignment is set in the box
22450 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22458 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22470 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22482 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22495 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22498 for every column as default.
22499 For example, the sequence
22500 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22508 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22511 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22512 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22513 corresponds to the relevant column.
22514 The result will look like this:
22515 \begin_inset Formula \[
22517 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22518 column & has & has\, right\\
22519 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
22526 \begin_layout Standard
22527 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22531 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22532 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22534 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22540 \begin_layout Standard
22541 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22542 It can be created with the menu
22544 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22545 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22547 \begin_inset Space ~
22560 \begin_inset Formula \[
22564 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
22571 \begin_layout Standard
22572 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22575 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22583 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22592 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22600 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22601 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
22602 A new row is created by every further hit of
22610 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
22611 Here is an example:
22612 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22613 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
22614 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
22618 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
22619 where you want to start the shift and hit
22624 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
22625 position to the next column.
22626 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
22627 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
22628 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
22629 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
22636 \begin_layout Standard
22637 The multi-line formula type described here is called
22644 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
22645 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
22646 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22648 reference "eq:asquared"
22653 The other types are described in section
22654 \begin_inset Space ~
22658 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22660 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
22667 \begin_layout Section
22668 Formula Numbering and Referencing
22672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22673 Math ! Formula numbering
22682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22683 Math ! Referencing formulas
22689 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22691 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
22698 \begin_layout Standard
22699 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
22701 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22702 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22704 \begin_inset Space ~
22712 \begin_inset Space ~
22718 The formula number appears in LyX as
22719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22726 within parentheses.
22728 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22735 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
22737 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
22738 the document class.
22739 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
22740 separated by a dot:
22741 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
22742 1+1=2\end{equation}
22749 \begin_inset Space ~
22754 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
22755 You can only number displayed formulas.
22758 \begin_layout Standard
22759 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
22761 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22762 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22764 \begin_inset Space ~
22768 \begin_inset Space ~
22772 \begin_inset Space ~
22780 \begin_inset Space ~
22785 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
22786 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22788 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
22789 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
22793 To number all lines use the shortcut
22796 \begin_inset Space ~
22804 \begin_layout Standard
22805 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22808 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
22809 A label is inserted with the menu
22811 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22814 when the cursor is in the formula.
22815 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
22816 It is recommended to use the proposed
22817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22828 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
22829 type when you have many labels in your document.
22830 We inserted in the following example the label
22831 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22835 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22838 in the second line:
22839 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22840 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
22841 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
22845 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
22846 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
22848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22856 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
22858 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22860 \begin_inset Space ~
22866 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
22867 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
22868 as the formula number:
22871 \begin_layout Standard
22872 This is a cross-reference to equation (
22873 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22875 reference "eq:tanhExp"
22882 \begin_layout Standard
22883 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
22884 \begin_inset Space ~
22888 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22890 reference "sec:Cross-References"
22895 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
22898 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22901 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
22905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22906 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
22914 \begin_layout Section
22915 User defined math macros
22919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22926 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22928 name "sec:math-macros"
22935 \begin_layout Standard
22936 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
22937 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
22938 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
22940 \begin_inset Newline newline
22943 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
22944 \begin_inset Formula \[
22945 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
22949 The general form of its solution is:
22950 \begin_inset Formula \[
22951 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
22958 \begin_layout Standard
22959 The macro should print the parameters
22960 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
22964 \begin_inset Formula $p$
22968 \begin_inset Formula $q$
22971 like in the equation above.
22974 \begin_layout Standard
22975 A macro is created by executing the command
22978 \begin_layout Standard
22985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23008 \begin_inset Space ~
23012 \begin_inset Space ~
23018 \begin_layout Standard
23019 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
23020 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
23021 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
23022 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
23026 \begin_layout Standard
23027 We have three arguments and name the macro
23028 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23032 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23035 , so that the command is:
23038 \begin_layout Standard
23045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23070 \begin_layout Standard
23071 This results in the following macro definition box:
23072 \begin_inset Graphics
23073 filename clipart/macrobox.png
23078 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
23079 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23080 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
23084 \begin_inset Note Note
23087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23088 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
23089 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
23097 \begin_layout Standard
23098 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
23099 the math panel or commands.
23100 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
23101 followed by the argument number, e.g.
23103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23109 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23112 for the first argument.
23113 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
23114 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
23115 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
23116 in LyX with its full size.
23117 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
23118 In our example we insert the sequence
23119 \begin_inset Newline newline
23147 \begin_inset Newline newline
23152 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
23155 \begin_layout Standard
23156 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
23157 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23171 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
23174 \begin_layout Standard
23176 \begin_inset Graphics
23177 filename clipart/macrouse.png
23184 \begin_layout Standard
23185 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
23186 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
23187 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
23188 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
23189 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
23192 \begin_layout Standard
23193 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
23194 to the new definition.
23195 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
23196 \begin_inset Formula $x$
23200 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
23204 \begin_inset Formula $B$
23208 \begin_inset Formula \[
23216 \begin_layout Standard
23217 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
23221 \begin_layout Standard
23235 \begin_inset Newline newline
23242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23268 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23271 \begin_layout Standard
23272 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
23273 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
23274 definition box in your document.
23275 There are also some other restrictions: The command
23277 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
23279 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
23284 \begin_layout Section
23288 \begin_layout Subsection
23293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23302 \begin_layout Standard
23303 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23304 To set a font in a formula, use the
23307 \begin_inset Space ~
23313 \begin_inset Graphics
23314 filename ../images/math/font.png
23318 , or enter its command, listed in table
23319 \begin_inset Space ~
23323 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23325 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23332 \begin_layout Standard
23333 \begin_inset Float table
23338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23339 \begin_inset Caption
23341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23342 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23344 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23348 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23358 \begin_inset Tabular
23359 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23361 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23362 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23394 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23421 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23448 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23481 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23508 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23535 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23569 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23596 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23630 \begin_layout Standard
23631 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23639 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23655 \begin_layout Standard
23656 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23657 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23662 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23663 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23664 Here an example where a
23665 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23669 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23676 denotes the set of numbers:
23677 \begin_inset Formula \[
23678 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23685 \begin_layout Standard
23686 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23697 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23701 \begin_inset Newline newline
23704 So better don't use this feature.
23707 \begin_layout Standard
23708 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23709 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23713 \begin_inset Newline newline
23716 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23722 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23723 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23729 \begin_layout Standard
23736 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23739 \begin_layout Standard
23740 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23742 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23743 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23745 \begin_inset Space ~
23753 \begin_layout Subsection
23758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23767 \begin_layout Standard
23768 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23770 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23774 \begin_inset Space ~
23778 \begin_inset Space ~
23786 \begin_inset Space ~
23792 \begin_inset Graphics
23793 filename ../images/math/font.png
23797 (alternatively the shortcut
23800 \begin_inset Space ~
23806 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23807 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23808 Here is an example:
23809 \begin_inset Formula \[
23811 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23812 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
23819 \begin_layout Subsection
23824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23833 \begin_layout Standard
23834 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23835 automatically chosen in most situations.
23853 For most characters,
23861 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
23862 and certain other structures, are set larger in
23867 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
23868 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
23869 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
23870 \begin_inset Graphics
23871 filename ../images/math/style.png
23876 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
23877 For example, you can set
23878 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
23881 , which is normally in
23890 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
23894 The four styles are used in the following example:
23897 \begin_layout Standard
23898 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
23902 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
23906 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
23910 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
23916 \begin_layout Standard
23917 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
23918 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
23920 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23922 \begin_inset Space ~
23927 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
23928 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
23929 will be adjusted to correspond.
23930 As example a formula in the font size
23931 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23935 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23941 \begin_layout Standard
23945 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
23951 \begin_layout Section
23955 \begin_layout Standard
23956 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
23957 the document classes and into layout modules.
23961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23967 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
23968 other than the AMS classes.
23970 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23972 reference "sub:Modules"
23976 for more on layout modules.
23979 \begin_layout Section
23984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24003 \begin_layout Standard
24004 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24005 (AMS) that are in common use.
24008 \begin_layout Subsection
24009 Enabling AMS-Support
24012 \begin_layout Standard
24013 Selecting the checkbox
24016 \begin_inset Space ~
24020 \begin_inset Space ~
24024 \begin_inset Space ~
24031 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24039 Document ! Settings
24047 \begin_inset Space ~
24052 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24054 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24055 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24058 \begin_layout Subsection
24060 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24062 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24071 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24079 \begin_layout Standard
24080 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24081 LyX allows you to choose between
24102 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24105 \begin_layout Chapter
24109 \begin_layout Section
24114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24121 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24123 name "sec:Cross-References"
24130 \begin_layout Standard
24131 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24132 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24134 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24135 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24136 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
24139 \begin_layout Enumerate
24143 \begin_layout Enumerate
24144 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24146 name "enu:Second-item"
24153 \begin_layout Enumerate
24157 \begin_layout Standard
24158 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24160 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24163 or the by pressing the toolbar button
24164 \begin_inset Graphics
24165 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24171 A grey label box like this:
24172 \begin_inset Graphics
24173 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24178 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24179 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24189 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24206 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24210 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24214 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
24215 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
24216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24224 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24230 \begin_layout Standard
24231 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24233 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24236 or the toolbar button
24237 \begin_inset Graphics
24238 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24244 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24245 \begin_inset Graphics
24246 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24251 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
24253 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24266 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24268 Here is our cross-reference:
24271 \begin_layout Standard
24273 \begin_inset Space ~
24277 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24279 reference "enu:Second-item"
24286 \begin_layout Standard
24287 It is recommended to use a protected space
24291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24292 described in section
24293 \begin_inset Space ~
24297 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24299 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24308 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly linebreaks
24312 \begin_layout Standard
24313 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24316 \begin_layout Description
24317 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24318 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24320 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24327 \begin_layout Description
24328 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24329 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24331 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24335 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24339 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24341 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24348 \begin_layout Description
24349 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24350 \begin_inset Space ~
24354 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24355 LatexCommand pageref
24356 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24363 \begin_layout Description
24365 \begin_inset Space ~
24369 \begin_inset Space ~
24372 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24373 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24374 LatexCommand vpageref
24375 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24382 \begin_layout Description
24384 \begin_inset Space ~
24388 \begin_inset Space ~
24392 \begin_inset Space ~
24395 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24397 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24399 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24406 \begin_layout Description
24408 \begin_inset Space ~
24411 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24412 \begin_inset Newline newline
24416 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24424 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24431 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24446 \begin_layout Standard
24447 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24448 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24450 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
24454 \begin_inset Space ~
24458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24472 \begin_layout Standard
24473 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
24474 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24475 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24479 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24483 \begin_layout Standard
24484 You can only use the style
24488 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24492 is always possible.
24495 \begin_layout Standard
24496 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24497 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24498 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24499 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24500 \begin_inset Space ~
24504 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24506 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24513 \begin_layout Standard
24517 \begin_inset Space ~
24521 \begin_inset Space ~
24526 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
24527 The button text changes then to
24530 \begin_inset Space ~
24535 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24536 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24537 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
24541 \begin_layout Standard
24542 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24543 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24544 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24547 \begin_layout Standard
24548 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
24549 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24552 \begin_layout Standard
24553 References are described in detail in the
24560 \begin_layout Section
24561 Table of Contents and other Listings
24565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24582 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24591 \begin_layout Subsection
24592 Table of Contents and Outline
24593 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24595 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24602 \begin_layout Standard
24603 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24605 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24606 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24608 \begin_inset Space ~
24612 \begin_inset Space ~
24618 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24619 If you click on it, the TOC window appears, showing you the TOC entries.
24620 You can jump to a document part by clicking on an entry.
24621 Thus you can use this window as graphical alternative for the
24628 \begin_layout Standard
24629 The TOC lists every numbered section automatically.
24630 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24632 \begin_inset Space ~
24636 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24638 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24642 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24644 \begin_inset Space ~
24648 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24650 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24654 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24656 You can also adjust the level for the displayed sections in the TOC window
24657 using the grey fader at the bottom of the window.
24658 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24661 \begin_layout Standard
24662 You can use the TOC window also as outline to move and rearrange sections
24664 The TOC window therefore also appears when you use the menu
24666 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24672 \begin_layout Subsection
24673 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
24674 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24683 \begin_layout Standard
24684 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24685 You can insert them via the
24687 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24689 \begin_inset Space ~
24693 \begin_inset Space ~
24699 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24702 \begin_layout Section
24703 URLs and Hyperlinks
24707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24724 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24733 \begin_layout Subsection
24737 \begin_layout Standard
24738 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
24740 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24746 \begin_layout Standard
24747 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
24748 \begin_inset Flex URL
24751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24761 \begin_layout Standard
24762 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
24768 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
24772 \begin_layout Standard
24773 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24781 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
24789 \begin_layout Subsection
24793 \begin_layout Standard
24794 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
24796 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24799 or with the toolbar button
24800 \begin_inset Graphics
24801 filename ../images/href-insert.png
24802 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24807 The appearing dialog has two fields:
24816 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
24817 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
24818 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24820 name "LyX's homepage"
24821 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24825 , an Email address like this:
24826 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24828 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
24829 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
24834 , or a link to a file.
24837 \begin_layout Standard
24838 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
24840 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24848 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24851 to the link target.
24854 \begin_layout Standard
24855 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary and become clickable
24856 in the DVI and PDF-output.
24857 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
24858 the text style dialog.
24859 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
24863 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24865 name "LyX's homepage"
24866 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24873 \begin_layout Standard
24874 The link text color can be changed, when the option
24878 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
24880 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24881 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24885 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
24887 \begin_inset Newline newline
24895 \begin_inset Newline newline
24902 in the PDF Properties dialog.
24905 \begin_layout Section
24910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24917 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24919 name "sec:Appendices"
24926 \begin_layout Standard
24927 Appendices are created with the menu
24929 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24931 \begin_inset Space ~
24935 \begin_inset Space ~
24941 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
24942 as appendix region.
24943 The region is marked with a red borderline.
24946 \begin_layout Standard
24947 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
24948 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
24949 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
24950 and the subsection number.
24951 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
24955 \begin_layout Standard
24957 \begin_inset Space ~
24961 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24963 reference "cha:Credits"
24968 \begin_inset Space ~
24972 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24974 reference "sub:Export"
24981 \begin_layout Section
24986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24993 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24995 name "sec:Bibliography"
25002 \begin_layout Standard
25003 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25004 You can include a bibliography database
25008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25009 Known under the name
25010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25022 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
25024 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
25028 , described in section
25029 \begin_inset Space ~
25033 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25035 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25042 \begin_layout Standard
25047 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25049 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25058 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25060 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25062 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25066 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25069 , a short form of its title, as key.
25072 \begin_layout Standard
25073 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25075 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25078 or the toobar button
25079 \begin_inset Graphics
25080 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25081 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25086 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25087 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25088 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25089 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25093 \begin_layout Standard
25094 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
25095 with surrounding brackets.
25100 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25101 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25113 \begin_layout Standard
25116 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25119 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25121 key "latexcompanion"
25128 \begin_layout Standard
25129 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25130 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25139 \begin_layout Subsection
25140 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25145 Bibliography ! Databases
25154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25155 Bibliography ! BibT
25159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25172 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25174 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25179 \begin_inset Note Note
25182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25183 Fix this Index entry when bug 4600 is fixed!
25191 \begin_layout Standard
25192 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25194 It makes it also very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25196 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25197 your working field in a database.
25198 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
25199 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
25202 \begin_layout Standard
25203 The database is a text file with the file extension
25204 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25215 containing the bibliography in a special format.
25216 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
25217 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25219 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25224 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
25226 \begin_inset Newline newline
25230 \begin_inset Flex URL
25233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25235 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25241 \begin_inset Newline newline
25244 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
25247 \begin_layout Standard
25248 To use a database, use the menu
25250 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25255 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25268 \begin_inset Space ~
25274 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25275 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25278 \begin_layout Standard
25279 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25288 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25291 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
25292 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
25293 take care of the layout.
25296 \begin_layout Standard
25297 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
25300 \begin_layout Standard
25301 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25307 \begin_layout Standard
25308 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
25310 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25344 \begin_inset Space ~
25350 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25358 \begin_layout Standard
25359 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25365 \begin_layout Standard
25366 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25367 the two methods of creating them.
25368 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25369 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25370 We used the style file
25374 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25377 \begin_layout Subsection
25378 Bibliography layout
25382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25383 Bibliography ! Layout
25391 \begin_layout Standard
25392 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25393 For this feature you need to use the option
25399 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25407 Document ! Settings
25417 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25418 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25419 in the previous section.
25422 \begin_layout Standard
25423 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25424 in the citation reference window.
25425 Here an example where we set the text
25426 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25430 \begin_inset Space ~
25434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25437 to appear after the reference:
25440 \begin_layout Standard
25442 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25445 key "latexcompanion"
25452 \begin_layout Section
25457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25464 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25473 \begin_layout Standard
25474 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25476 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25478 \begin_inset Space ~
25483 or the toolbar button
25484 \begin_inset Graphics
25485 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25486 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25503 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25504 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25505 by LyX as index entry.
25508 \begin_layout Standard
25509 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25510 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25512 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25514 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25521 \begin_layout Standard
25522 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25525 \begin_layout Standard
25526 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
25528 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25530 \begin_inset Space ~
25534 \begin_inset Space ~
25537 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25539 \begin_inset Space ~
25545 A light blue box labeled
25546 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25554 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25557 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25558 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25561 \begin_layout Subsection
25562 Grouping Index Entries
25566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25575 \begin_layout Standard
25576 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25578 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25579 lists under the entry
25580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25588 First we create the entry
25589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25597 \begin_inset Space ~
25601 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25603 reference "sub:Lists"
25608 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25609 \begin_inset Space ~
25613 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25615 reference "sec:Itemize"
25619 , we insert the command
25622 \begin_layout Standard
25628 \begin_layout Standard
25632 \begin_layout Standard
25638 \begin_layout Standard
25639 for the enumerated list in section
25640 \begin_inset Space ~
25644 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25646 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25653 \begin_layout Standard
25654 The exclamation mark
25655 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25659 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25662 marks the grouping levels.
25663 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25664 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25665 If we don't have an index entry for
25666 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25670 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25673 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25676 \begin_layout Subsection
25681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25682 Index ! Page ranges
25690 \begin_layout Standard
25691 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25693 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25694 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25696 \begin_inset Space ~
25700 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25702 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25709 \begin_layout Standard
25712 Paragraph environments|(
25715 \begin_layout Standard
25716 and another entry at the end of section
25717 \begin_inset Space ~
25721 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25723 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25730 \begin_layout Standard
25733 Paragraph environments|)
25736 \begin_layout Standard
25738 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25761 respectively starts and ends the index range.
25762 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
25763 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
25764 the pages of the indexed document parts.
25765 An example is the index entry
25766 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25769 Document ! Settings
25770 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25776 \begin_layout Subsection
25781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25782 Index ! Cross referencing
25790 \begin_layout Standard
25791 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
25792 We referred for example in the index entry
25793 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25797 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25801 \begin_inset Space ~
25805 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25807 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
25811 ) to the index entry
25812 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25816 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25819 in the same section using the entry
25822 \begin_layout Standard
25825 GIF|see{Image formats}
25828 \begin_layout Standard
25829 Where the braces have to be inserted as ERT.
25830 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
25831 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
25834 \begin_layout Subsection
25839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25840 Index ! Entry order
25848 \begin_layout Standard
25849 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
25850 then not follow the rules for the index order.
25851 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
25855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25856 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
25858 \begin_inset Space ~
25862 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25864 reference "sub:Index-Program"
25873 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
25874 We created as example the three dummy index entries
25875 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25879 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25883 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25887 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25903 Dummy entries ! maïs
25912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25913 Dummy entries ! maître
25922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25923 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
25928 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
25929 order maïs, maison, maître.
25930 To achieve this, we use the command
25933 \begin_layout Standard
25936 previous entry@current entry
25939 \begin_layout Standard
25940 In our case we want to have
25941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25949 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25956 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
25959 \begin_layout Standard
25965 \begin_layout Standard
25966 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
25967 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
25971 \begin_layout Subsection
25976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25977 Index ! Entry layout
25985 \begin_layout Standard
25986 You can change the appearance of insert entries via the textstyle dialog.
25990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25991 Dummy entries ! This@
25993 This is an italic entry at the correct position
26002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26005 This is an italic entry at the wrong position
26010 LyX will then in the background add commands for the layout that destroy
26012 To avoid that our index entry appears as the first one, we use the following
26016 \begin_layout Standard
26021 This is an italic entry
26024 \begin_layout Standard
26025 You can also format the page number using the character
26026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26030 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26033 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26034 We can write for example
26037 \begin_layout Standard
26040 old-style page number:|oldstylenums
26043 \begin_layout Standard
26044 to get the page number in an old-style layout.
26048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26049 Dummy entries ! old-style page number:|oldstylenums
26054 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26072 \begin_inset Space ~
26078 Have a look at section
26079 \begin_inset Space ~
26083 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26085 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26089 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26092 \begin_layout Standard
26093 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26095 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26096 for all index entries.
26099 \begin_layout Subsection
26104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26111 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26113 name "sub:Index-Program"
26120 \begin_layout Standard
26121 LyX uses for the index generation by default the program
26126 It can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences dialog,
26128 \begin_inset Space ~
26132 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26134 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26139 The available options are listed and explained in
26140 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26149 \begin_layout Standard
26150 You can also specify there another program to generate the index, for example
26159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26168 \begin_layout Section
26169 Nomenclature / Glossary
26173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26212 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26214 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26221 \begin_layout Standard
26222 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26223 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
26227 \begin_layout Standard
26228 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26235 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26243 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26244 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26250 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26253 \begin_layout Standard
26254 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26255 and then use the menu
26257 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26263 \begin_inset Space ~
26268 or the toobar button
26269 \begin_inset Graphics
26270 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26271 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26277 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26285 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26288 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26291 \begin_layout Standard
26292 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26293 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26294 The second is the description of the symbol.
26297 \begin_layout Standard
26298 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26306 Like for the index entry dialog, you have to enter valid LaTeX-code for
26307 all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26315 \begin_layout Subsection
26316 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26321 Nomenclature ! Layout
26329 \begin_layout Standard
26330 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26334 field as LaTeX-formula.
26336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26340 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26344 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26348 \begin_inset Newline newline
26356 \begin_inset Newline newline
26362 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26366 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26369 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
26370 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26372 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26378 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26382 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26392 \begin_layout Standard
26393 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26394 \begin_inset Space ~
26398 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26400 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26407 \begin_layout Standard
26411 \begin_inset Space ~
26416 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26417 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26422 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26429 in this document is:
26430 \begin_inset Newline newline
26435 dummy entry for the character
26440 \begin_inset Newline newline
26452 \begin_inset Space ~
26462 font use the command
26491 \begin_layout Subsection
26492 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
26496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26497 Nomenclature ! Sort order
26505 \begin_layout Standard
26506 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
26507 the symbol definition.
26508 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
26509 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
26512 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26513 LatexCommand nomenclature
26515 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
26522 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26526 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26527 LatexCommand nomenclature
26530 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
26535 They will be sorted by
26536 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26558 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26562 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26565 will be sorted before the
26569 since the character
26570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26574 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26577 is considered in sorting.
26580 \begin_layout Standard
26581 To control the sort order, you can edit the
26584 \begin_inset Space ~
26589 field of the nomenclature dialog.
26590 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
26592 For the given example, you can insert
26596 to this field for the
26597 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26604 will be located before
26605 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26611 \begin_layout Standard
26612 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
26617 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26626 \begin_layout Subsection
26627 Nomenclature Options
26631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26632 Nomenclature ! Options
26640 \begin_layout Standard
26645 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
26646 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
26649 \begin_layout Description
26650 refeq Appends the phrase
26651 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26663 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26666 to every nomenclature entry, where
26672 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
26675 \begin_layout Description
26676 refpage Appends the phrase
26677 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26692 to every nomenclature entry, where
26698 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
26701 \begin_layout Description
26702 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
26705 \begin_layout Standard
26706 There are furthermore the options
26750 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
26754 \begin_layout Standard
26755 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
26756 class options list in the
26758 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26762 In this document the options
26773 \begin_layout Standard
26774 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26780 \begin_layout Standard
26781 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
26782 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
26787 field in the nomenclature dialog:
26790 \begin_layout Description
26800 \begin_layout Description
26803 nomrefpage Like the
26810 \begin_layout Description
26813 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
26822 \begin_layout Description
26826 \begin_inset Space ~
26832 \begin_inset Space ~
26837 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
26840 \begin_layout Subsection
26841 Printing the Nomenclature
26845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26846 Nomenclature ! Printing
26854 \begin_layout Standard
26855 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
26857 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26859 \begin_inset Space ~
26863 \begin_inset Space ~
26866 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26870 A light blue box labeled
26871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26879 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26882 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
26883 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
26886 \begin_layout Standard
26887 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
26888 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26896 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
26904 For example, in order to change the name to
26908 , add the following line to the preamble:
26911 \begin_layout Standard
26919 nomname}{List of Symbols}
26922 \begin_layout Standard
26923 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
26929 \begin_layout Standard
26930 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
26931 by adding the following line to the preamble:
26934 \begin_layout Standard
26942 nomlabelwidth}{width}
26945 \begin_layout Standard
26948 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
26949 \begin_inset Space ~
26953 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26955 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
26960 The default value is 1
26961 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
26967 \begin_layout Section
26972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26983 Document ! Branches
26989 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26991 name "sec:Branches"
26998 \begin_layout Standard
26999 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27000 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27001 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27002 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27005 \begin_layout Standard
27006 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
27007 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27008 To create a branch, go in the
27010 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27018 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27019 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27022 \begin_layout Standard
27023 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27024 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27026 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27029 where you can choose a branch.
27030 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27033 \begin_layout Standard
27034 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27035 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27038 \begin_layout Standard
27039 \begin_inset Branch Question
27042 \begin_layout Standard
27043 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27051 \begin_layout Standard
27052 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27055 \begin_layout Standard
27056 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27064 \begin_layout Standard
27065 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27071 \begin_layout Standard
27072 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27073 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27075 For example you can define for the question branch
27079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27080 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27081 \begin_inset Space ~
27085 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27087 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27099 \begin_layout Standard
27109 \begin_layout Standard
27119 \begin_layout Standard
27120 and for the answer branch
27123 \begin_layout Standard
27133 \begin_layout Standard
27143 \begin_layout Standard
27144 \begin_inset Branch Question
27147 \begin_layout Standard
27151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27179 \begin_layout Standard
27180 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27183 \begin_layout Standard
27187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27215 \begin_layout Standard
27216 Now it is possible to use the commands
27220 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27227 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27230 to obtain conditional output.
27231 Here is an example formula where only the
27238 \begin_inset Formula \[
27239 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question {x_{1}}\answer {x_{2}}=1\question {+\sqrt{3}}\answer {-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27246 \begin_layout Standard
27247 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section
27248 \begin_inset Space ~
27252 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27254 reference "sec:math-macros"
27261 \begin_layout Section
27262 ERT and the LaTeX Syntax
27263 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27272 \begin_layout Subsection
27277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27284 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27286 name "sub:ERT-Boxes"
27293 \begin_layout Standard
27294 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27295 constructs, but not all.
27296 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27297 Every month many packages are updated and new ones added.
27298 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything, for every
27299 problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27300 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all these packages
27301 and their commands.
27304 \begin_layout Standard
27305 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27308 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27312 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27315 , evil because LyX is designed to avoid that you have to use LaTeX-commands.
27316 An ERT box is created by the menu
27318 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27321 or by the toolbar button
27322 \begin_inset Graphics
27323 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27328 The box itself can be displayed in three different styles:
27341 To change the style, right-click on the box and use the appearing dialog.
27342 Left-clicking on the box will switch between
27353 \begin_layout Standard
27354 You can insert complete or incomplete commands into ERT.
27355 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27356 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
27363 , you can write the command part
27369 in an ERT box before the word and the closing brace
27373 in a second ERT box behind the word.
27374 The word between the two ERT boxes is then the argument as it is in the
27378 \begin_layout Standard
27379 \begin_inset Graphics
27380 filename clipart/ERT.png
27388 \begin_layout Standard
27392 \begin_layout Standard
27393 This is a line with a
27397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27420 \begin_layout Standard
27421 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27429 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
27430 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
27438 \begin_layout Subsection
27439 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
27440 \begin_inset OptArg
27443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27460 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27462 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27469 \begin_layout Standard
27470 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
27471 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
27472 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
27473 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27477 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27481 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
27482 every time if you know the right commands.
27484 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
27485 the end of the day.
27486 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
27487 all caption labels bold.
27488 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
27490 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
27493 \begin_layout Standard
27494 Now LaTeX comes into play.
27495 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27496 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
27498 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27507 \begin_layout Standard
27508 As result you know that the package
27516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27517 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! caption
27523 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
27525 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27531 \begin_layout Standard
27536 usepackage[options]{package name}
27539 \begin_layout Standard
27540 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
27541 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
27542 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
27545 \begin_layout Standard
27546 In your case the package name is
27551 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
27556 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
27557 So you add the command
27560 \begin_layout Standard
27565 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
27568 \begin_layout Standard
27569 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
27573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27574 For more commands provided by the
27578 package, have a look at its documentation,
27579 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27593 \begin_layout Standard
27594 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
27596 For example if you use a
27600 class, you don't need the package
27604 , you can instead write
27607 \begin_layout Standard
27612 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
27617 \begin_layout Standard
27618 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
27619 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
27620 documentation of the document class you want to use.
27627 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
27630 \begin_layout Standard
27631 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
27632 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
27634 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the ERT box as described in the
27638 \begin_layout Standard
27639 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
27641 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27643 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
27651 \begin_layout Section
27652 Previewing Snippets of your Document
27656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27663 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27665 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
27673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27682 \begin_layout Standard
27683 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
27684 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
27685 to break your train of thought with
27687 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27693 \begin_layout Standard
27694 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
27695 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
27701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27702 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
27709 as explained below, and turn on
27712 \begin_inset Space ~
27719 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27725 \begin_inset Space ~
27729 \begin_inset Space ~
27732 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27738 \begin_layout Standard
27739 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
27741 Previews of an already loaded document are
27745 generated just by selecting the
27748 \begin_inset Space ~
27753 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
27756 \begin_layout Standard
27757 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
27758 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
27761 \begin_inset Space ~
27766 check box in the insert dialog.
27767 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
27771 \begin_layout Standard
27772 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
27776 (on some systems named simply
27781 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
27783 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27789 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
27790 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
27798 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
27802 \begin_layout Standard
27803 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27809 \begin_layout Standard
27810 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
27814 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27816 \begin_inset Space ~
27821 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
27822 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
27824 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
27825 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
27826 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
27827 the source view window.
27830 \begin_layout Section
27832 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27834 name "sec:Spellchecking"
27842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27851 \begin_layout Standard
27852 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
27853 Rather it uses one of the external programs
27870 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
27876 can be seen as successor of
27880 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
27885 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
27886 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
27894 \begin_layout Standard
27895 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
27896 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
27903 \begin_layout Standard
27906 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27909 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
27910 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
27911 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
27912 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
27913 scrolled so that it is visible.
27918 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
27920 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
27924 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
27925 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
27928 \begin_layout Standard
27929 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
27932 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27936 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
27937 will bring an error message.
27938 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
27939 specifying a different
27941 Alternative language
27943 in preferences dialog.
27946 \begin_layout Standard
27947 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
27950 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
27954 \begin_layout Standard
27955 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
27956 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
27958 But you can use the
27961 \begin_inset Space ~
27965 \begin_inset Space ~
27973 \begin_layout Standard
27974 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
27975 This does work with
27979 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
27982 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
27986 \begin_layout Standard
27991 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
27994 \begin_layout Description
27996 \begin_inset Space ~
27999 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28000 should consider, e.g.
28001 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
28002 This should not normally be needed.
28005 \begin_layout Description
28007 \begin_inset Space ~
28010 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice
28011 as your personal dictionary
28014 \begin_layout Description
28016 \begin_inset Space ~
28020 \begin_inset Space ~
28023 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28025 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28029 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28035 \begin_layout Description
28037 \begin_inset Space ~
28041 \begin_inset Space ~
28044 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28046 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28053 also for the spellchecker.
28057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28058 The encodings are explained in section
28059 \begin_inset Space ~
28063 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28065 reference "sub:Settings"
28074 Only enable this if you use
28078 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28079 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28080 so this is disabled by default.
28083 \begin_layout Section
28088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28095 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28097 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28104 \begin_layout Standard
28105 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
28108 \begin_layout Standard
28109 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
28112 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28115 or the toolbar button
28116 \begin_inset Graphics
28117 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28118 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28119 rotateOrigin center
28124 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28128 \begin_layout Standard
28129 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
28130 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
28131 cases to find related words.
28134 \begin_layout Standard
28135 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
28137 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
28138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28142 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28145 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
28146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28150 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28154 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
28155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28173 \begin_layout Section
28178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28189 Document ! Change Tracking
28195 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28197 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28204 \begin_layout Standard
28205 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
28206 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
28207 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
28208 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28210 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28212 \begin_inset Space ~
28215 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28217 \begin_inset Space ~
28225 \begin_layout Standard
28226 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28235 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28238 \begin_inset Space ~
28242 \begin_inset Space ~
28255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28264 \begin_layout Standard
28265 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28278 \begin_layout Standard
28279 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28285 \begin_layout Standard
28286 \begin_inset Graphics
28287 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28294 \begin_layout Standard
28295 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28301 \begin_layout Standard
28302 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28306 \begin_layout Standard
28307 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28313 \begin_layout Standard
28314 \begin_inset Tabular
28315 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28316 <features islongtable="true">
28317 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28318 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28319 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28324 \begin_inset Graphics
28325 filename ../images/changes-track.png
28326 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28327 rotateOrigin center
28336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28342 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28344 \begin_inset Space ~
28347 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28349 \begin_inset Space ~
28358 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28363 \begin_inset Graphics
28364 filename ../images/changes-output.png
28365 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28366 rotateOrigin center
28375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28381 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28383 \begin_inset Space ~
28386 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28388 \begin_inset Space ~
28392 \begin_inset Space ~
28396 \begin_inset Space ~
28405 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28410 \begin_inset Graphics
28411 filename ../images/change-next.png
28412 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28413 rotateOrigin center
28422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28426 Jumps to the next change
28432 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28437 \begin_inset Graphics
28438 filename ../images/change-accept.png
28439 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28440 rotateOrigin center
28449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28455 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28457 \begin_inset Space ~
28460 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28462 \begin_inset Space ~
28471 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28476 \begin_inset Graphics
28477 filename ../images/change-reject.png
28478 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28479 rotateOrigin center
28488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28494 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28496 \begin_inset Space ~
28499 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28501 \begin_inset Space ~
28510 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28515 \begin_inset Graphics
28516 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
28517 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28518 rotateOrigin center
28527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28533 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28535 \begin_inset Space ~
28538 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28540 \begin_inset Space ~
28549 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28554 \begin_inset Graphics
28555 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
28556 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28557 rotateOrigin center
28566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28572 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28574 \begin_inset Space ~
28577 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28579 \begin_inset Space ~
28583 \begin_inset Space ~
28592 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28597 \begin_inset Graphics
28598 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
28599 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28600 rotateOrigin center
28609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28615 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28617 \begin_inset Space ~
28620 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28622 \begin_inset Space ~
28626 \begin_inset Space ~
28635 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28640 \begin_inset Graphics
28641 filename ../images/note-insert.png
28642 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28643 rotateOrigin center
28652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28658 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28659 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28661 \begin_inset Space ~
28670 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28675 \begin_inset Graphics
28676 filename ../images/note-next.png
28677 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28678 rotateOrigin center
28687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28693 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28695 \begin_inset Space ~
28711 \begin_layout Standard
28712 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28718 \begin_layout Standard
28719 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
28720 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
28721 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
28722 the next change behind the current cursor position.
28723 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
28724 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
28725 step to the next change.
28726 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
28729 \begin_layout Standard
28730 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
28731 to describe a change.
28734 \begin_layout Standard
28735 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
28741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28742 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
28750 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28751 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28757 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28760 \begin_layout Section
28761 International Support
28765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28766 International support
28774 \begin_layout Standard
28775 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
28776 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
28777 how to set up LyX to use them:
28778 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28780 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
28787 \begin_layout Standard
28788 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
28789 \begin_inset Space ~
28793 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28795 reference "sub:Special-Character"
28802 \begin_layout Subsection
28807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28818 Document ! Settings
28827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28828 Document ! Language
28836 \begin_layout Standard
28839 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28842 dialog lets you set
28844 the language and character encoding for your language.
28848 \begin_layout Standard
28849 Choose your language in the
28853 section of this dialog.
28861 \begin_layout Standard
28866 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
28870 use language's default encoding
28872 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
28873 For details abhout the different encoding options see section
28874 \begin_inset Space ~
28878 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28880 reference "sub:Settings"
28887 \begin_layout Subsection
28888 Keyboard mapping configuration
28891 \begin_layout Standard
28892 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
28893 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
28894 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
28895 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
28896 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
28898 \begin_inset Space ~
28902 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28904 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
28909 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
28910 which one you want to use.
28913 \begin_layout Standard
28914 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
28915 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
28916 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
28917 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
28918 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
28919 one to support the characters you want.
28920 This and much more customizations are explained in the
28927 \begin_layout Subsection
28929 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28938 \begin_layout Standard
28940 \begin_inset Space ~
28944 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28946 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
28955 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
28959 \begin_layout Standard
28960 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
28961 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
28969 \begin_layout Itemize
28970 Even if you have selected
28976 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28979 dialog, users who have only the
28983 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
28987 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
28988 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
28989 french quotes won't show up.
28992 \begin_layout Standard
28993 \begin_inset Float table
28998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28999 \begin_inset Caption
29001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29002 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29004 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29022 \begin_inset Tabular
29023 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29025 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29026 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29027 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29028 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29029 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29030 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29031 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29032 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29033 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29034 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29035 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29036 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29037 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29038 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29039 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29040 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29041 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33454 \begin_layout Standard
33455 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
33457 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
33458 also the characters from
33470 \begin_layout Itemize
33479 \begin_layout Standard
33480 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
33481 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33487 \begin_layout Standard
33488 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
33489 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33495 \begin_layout Standard
33496 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
33497 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33503 \begin_layout Standard
33504 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
33505 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33511 \begin_layout Standard
33513 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33519 \begin_layout Standard
33521 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33527 \begin_layout Standard
33529 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33536 \begin_layout Itemize
33549 \begin_layout Standard
33551 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33557 \begin_layout Standard
33559 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33565 \begin_layout Standard
33567 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33573 \begin_layout Standard
33575 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33581 \begin_layout Standard
33583 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33589 \begin_layout Standard
33591 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33598 \begin_layout Standard
33599 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
33600 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
33601 Also make sure you're using the
33608 \begin_layout Chapter
33611 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33613 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
33620 \begin_layout Standard
33621 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
33622 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
33623 inside the user's guide.
33626 \begin_layout Section
33631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33640 \begin_layout Standard
33645 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
33646 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
33649 \begin_layout Subsection
33653 \begin_layout Standard
33654 Creates a new document.
33657 \begin_layout Subsection
33661 \begin_layout Standard
33662 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
33663 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
33664 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
33667 \begin_layout Subsection
33671 \begin_layout Standard
33675 \begin_layout Subsection
33679 \begin_layout Standard
33680 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
33681 Click there on a file to open it.
33684 \begin_layout Subsection
33688 \begin_layout Standard
33689 Closes the current document.
33692 \begin_layout Subsection
33696 \begin_layout Standard
33697 Saves the actual document.
33700 \begin_layout Subsection
33704 \begin_layout Standard
33705 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
33708 \begin_layout Subsection
33712 \begin_layout Standard
33713 Reloads the actual document from disk.
33716 \begin_layout Subsection
33720 \begin_layout Standard
33721 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
33722 It is described in the section
33724 Version Control in LyX
33729 \begin_inset Space ~
33737 \begin_layout Subsection
33741 \begin_layout Standard
33742 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files and plain
33743 text files (ASCII-files).
33744 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
33747 \begin_layout Standard
33748 When using the menu
33751 \begin_inset Space ~
33755 \begin_inset Space ~
33760 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
33761 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
33762 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
33763 will start a new paragraph.
33766 \begin_layout Subsection
33768 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33777 \begin_layout Standard
33778 You can export your document to various file formats.
33779 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
33780 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
33781 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
33784 \begin_layout Standard
33785 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
33787 \begin_inset Space ~
33791 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33793 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
33800 \begin_layout Description
33804 \begin_inset Space ~
33809 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
33810 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
33813 \begin_layout Description
33821 \begin_layout Description
33822 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
33826 \begin_layout Description
33828 \begin_inset Space ~
33832 \begin_inset Space ~
33835 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
33839 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
33847 \begin_layout Description
33854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33862 \begin_inset Space ~
33867 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
33868 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
33872 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
33875 \begin_layout Description
33882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33890 \begin_inset Space ~
33895 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
33896 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
33904 \begin_layout Description
33906 \begin_inset Space ~
33909 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
33910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
33917 is replaced by the version number)
33920 \begin_layout Description
33921 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
33934 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
33938 \begin_layout Description
33943 PDF-format using the program
33948 \begin_layout Description
33952 \begin_inset Space ~
33957 PDF-format using the program
33962 \begin_layout Description
33966 \begin_inset Space ~
33971 PDF-format using the program
33976 \begin_layout Description
33980 \begin_inset Space ~
33988 \begin_layout Description
33992 \begin_inset Space ~
33996 \begin_inset Space ~
34001 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34002 and then exported as text using the program
34007 \begin_layout Description
34012 PostScript format using the program
34017 \begin_layout Description
34025 \begin_layout Standard
34030 produces internally a dvi-file which is then converted to a pdf-file.
34031 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34037 produces directly pdf-files and supports the latest pdf-file formats.
34040 \begin_layout Standard
34041 If one of the menu entries
34048 \begin_inset Space ~
34057 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34058 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34059 \begin_inset Space ~
34063 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34065 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34074 Reconfiguration of LyX
34082 \begin_layout Standard
34087 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34088 the export program.
34091 \begin_layout Subsection
34095 \begin_layout Standard
34096 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34097 or send it to a printer.
34098 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34099 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34105 For more informations have a look at section
34106 \begin_inset Space ~
34110 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34112 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34119 \begin_layout Subsection
34120 New and Close Window
34123 \begin_layout Standard
34124 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34125 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34128 \begin_layout Section
34133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34142 \begin_layout Subsection
34146 \begin_layout Standard
34147 Described in section
34148 \begin_inset Space ~
34152 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34154 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34161 \begin_layout Subsection
34162 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34165 \begin_layout Standard
34166 Described in section
34167 \begin_inset Space ~
34171 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34173 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34180 \begin_layout Subsection
34184 \begin_layout Standard
34185 Selects the whole document.
34188 \begin_layout Subsection
34192 \begin_layout Standard
34193 Described in section
34194 \begin_inset Space ~
34198 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34200 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34207 \begin_layout Subsection
34208 Move paragraph Up/Down
34211 \begin_layout Standard
34212 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34216 \begin_layout Subsection
34220 \begin_layout Standard
34221 Described in section
34222 \begin_inset Space ~
34226 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34228 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34235 \begin_layout Subsection
34240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34241 Paragraph ! Settings
34249 \begin_layout Standard
34250 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34252 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34255 \begin_layout Standard
34256 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34257 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34260 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34266 \begin_inset Space ~
34274 \begin_layout Subsection
34278 \begin_layout Standard
34279 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
34280 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
34281 The properties of tables are described in section
34282 \begin_inset Space ~
34286 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34288 reference "sec:Tables"
34292 , the properties of formulas in chapter
34293 \begin_inset Space ~
34297 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34299 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34306 \begin_layout Subsection
34307 Increase / Decrease List Depth
34310 \begin_layout Standard
34311 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
34313 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
34314 \begin_inset Space ~
34318 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34320 reference "sec:Nesting"
34325 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34327 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34334 \begin_layout Section
34339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34348 \begin_layout Standard
34353 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
34354 document with an external program.
34355 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
34356 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
34357 All possible formats are formats listed in section
34358 \begin_inset Space ~
34362 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34364 reference "sub:Export"
34369 You should at least see the menu entries
34376 \begin_inset Space ~
34382 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34383 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34384 \begin_inset Space ~
34388 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34390 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34399 Reconfiguration of LyX
34407 \begin_layout Standard
34408 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
34409 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
34410 \begin_inset Space ~
34414 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34416 reference "sec:File-Formats"
34421 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
34424 \begin_layout Standard
34425 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
34428 At the bottom of the
34432 menu the opened documents are listed.
34435 \begin_layout Subsection
34439 \begin_layout Standard
34440 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
34442 \begin_inset Space ~
34446 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34448 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
34455 \begin_layout Subsection
34459 \begin_layout Standard
34460 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
34461 opening a new view window.
34464 \begin_layout Subsection
34466 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34468 name "sub:Toolbars"
34476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34485 \begin_layout Standard
34486 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
34487 All toolbars and the
34490 \begin_inset Space ~
34495 can be turned on and off.
34500 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
34512 \begin_inset Space ~
34521 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
34525 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
34532 \begin_layout Standard
34537 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
34541 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
34542 or when a certain feature is enabled.
34543 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
34544 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
34545 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
34548 \begin_layout Standard
34549 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
34550 \begin_inset Space ~
34554 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34556 reference "sec:Toolbars"
34563 \begin_layout Section
34568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34577 \begin_layout Subsection
34581 \begin_layout Standard
34582 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
34583 \begin_inset Space ~
34587 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34589 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34596 \begin_layout Subsection
34598 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34600 name "sub:Special-Character"
34607 \begin_layout Standard
34608 Here you can insert the following characters:
34611 \begin_layout Description
34612 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
34616 \begin_layout Description
34618 \begin_inset Space ~
34622 \begin_inset Space ~
34625 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
34626 \begin_inset Space ~
34630 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34632 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
34639 \begin_layout Description
34641 \begin_inset Space ~
34644 Quote Inserts this quote:
34645 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34648 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
34650 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34660 \begin_layout Description
34662 \begin_inset Space ~
34665 Quote Inserts this quote:
34666 \begin_inset Quotes els
34672 \begin_layout Description
34674 \begin_inset Space ~
34677 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
34681 \begin_layout Description
34683 \begin_inset Space ~
34690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34701 Language ! Phonetic symbols
34706 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
34707 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
34708 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
34716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34717 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! tipa
34723 \begin_inset Newline newline
34726 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation of
34730 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
34738 and this Wiki-page:
34739 \begin_inset Newline newline
34743 \begin_inset Flex URL
34746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34748 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
34756 \begin_layout Subsection
34760 \begin_layout Standard
34761 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
34764 \begin_layout Description
34765 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
34766 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
34772 \begin_layout Description
34773 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
34774 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
34780 \begin_layout Description
34782 \begin_inset Space ~
34785 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
34786 \begin_inset Space ~
34790 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34792 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
34799 \begin_layout Description
34801 \begin_inset Space ~
34804 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
34805 \begin_inset Space ~
34809 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34811 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
34818 \begin_layout Description
34820 \begin_inset Space ~
34823 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
34824 \begin_inset Space ~
34828 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34830 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
34837 \begin_layout Description
34839 \begin_inset Space ~
34842 Fill Inserts an horizontal fill, see section
34843 \begin_inset Space ~
34847 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34849 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
34856 \begin_layout Description
34858 \begin_inset Space ~
34861 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
34862 \begin_inset Space ~
34866 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34868 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
34875 \begin_layout Description
34877 \begin_inset Space ~
34880 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
34881 \begin_inset Space ~
34885 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34887 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
34894 \begin_layout Description
34896 \begin_inset Space ~
34899 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
34900 \begin_inset Space ~
34904 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34906 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
34913 \begin_layout Description
34915 \begin_inset Space ~
34918 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
34919 \begin_inset Space ~
34923 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34925 reference "sub:Ligatures"
34932 \begin_layout Description
34934 \begin_inset Space ~
34937 Break Inserts a forced linebreak, see section
34938 \begin_inset Space ~
34942 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34944 reference "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
34951 \begin_layout Description
34953 \begin_inset Space ~
34956 Break Inserts a forced pagebreak, described in section
34957 \begin_inset Space ~
34961 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34963 reference "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
34970 \begin_layout Description
34972 \begin_inset Space ~
34975 Page Inserts a clear pagebreak, described in section
34976 \begin_inset Space ~
34980 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34982 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
34989 \begin_layout Description
34991 \begin_inset Space ~
34995 \begin_inset Space ~
34998 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
34999 \begin_inset Space ~
35003 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35005 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
35012 \begin_layout Subsection
35016 \begin_layout Standard
35017 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
35018 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35020 \begin_inset Space ~
35024 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35026 reference "sec:toc"
35031 The index list is described in section
35032 \begin_inset Space ~
35036 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35038 reference "sec:Index"
35042 , the nomenclature in section
35043 \begin_inset Space ~
35047 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35049 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35053 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35054 \begin_inset Space ~
35058 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35060 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35067 \begin_layout Subsection
35071 \begin_layout Standard
35072 To insert floats, described in section
35073 \begin_inset Space ~
35077 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35079 reference "sec:Floats"
35086 \begin_layout Subsection
35090 \begin_layout Standard
35091 To insert notes, described in section
35092 \begin_inset Space ~
35096 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35098 reference "sec:Notes"
35105 \begin_layout Subsection
35109 \begin_layout Standard
35110 Inserts branch insets as described in section
35111 \begin_inset Space ~
35115 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35117 reference "sec:Branches"
35124 \begin_layout Subsection
35129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35138 \begin_layout Standard
35139 Here you can inserts files to include them or its content to your document.
35140 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
35151 \begin_layout Subsection
35156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35165 \begin_layout Standard
35166 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
35167 \begin_inset Space ~
35171 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35173 reference "sec:Minipages"
35178 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
35189 \begin_layout Subsection
35193 \begin_layout Standard
35194 Inserts a citation as described in section
35195 \begin_inset Space ~
35199 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35201 reference "sec:Bibliography"
35208 \begin_layout Subsection
35212 \begin_layout Standard
35213 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
35214 \begin_inset Space ~
35218 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35220 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35227 \begin_layout Subsection
35231 \begin_layout Standard
35232 Inserts a label as described in section
35233 \begin_inset Space ~
35237 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35239 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35246 \begin_layout Subsection
35251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35262 Longtables ! Caption
35270 \begin_layout Standard
35271 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
35272 Floats are described in section
35273 \begin_inset Space ~
35277 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35279 reference "sec:Floats"
35283 , cations in longtables are described in section
35294 \begin_layout Subsection
35298 \begin_layout Standard
35299 Inserts an index entry as described in section
35300 \begin_inset Space ~
35304 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35306 reference "sec:Index"
35313 \begin_layout Subsection
35317 \begin_layout Standard
35318 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
35319 \begin_inset Space ~
35323 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35325 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35332 \begin_layout Subsection
35336 \begin_layout Standard
35338 Tables are described in section
35339 \begin_inset Space ~
35343 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35345 reference "sec:Tables"
35352 \begin_layout Subsection
35356 \begin_layout Standard
35358 Graphics are described in section
35359 \begin_inset Space ~
35363 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35365 reference "sec:Graphics"
35372 \begin_layout Subsection
35376 \begin_layout Standard
35377 Inserts an URL box as described in section
35378 \begin_inset Space ~
35382 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35384 reference "sec:URL"
35391 \begin_layout Subsection
35395 \begin_layout Standard
35396 Inserts a footnote, see section
35397 \begin_inset Space ~
35401 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35403 reference "sec:Footnotes"
35410 \begin_layout Subsection
35414 \begin_layout Standard
35415 Inserts a marginal note, see section
35416 \begin_inset Space ~
35420 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35422 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
35429 \begin_layout Subsection
35433 \begin_layout Standard
35434 Inserts a short title, see section
35435 \begin_inset Space ~
35439 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35441 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
35448 \begin_layout Subsection
35452 \begin_layout Standard
35453 Inserts an ERT box, see section
35454 \begin_inset Space ~
35458 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35460 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
35467 \begin_layout Subsection
35472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35481 \begin_layout Standard
35482 Inserts a program listings box.
35483 Program listings are explained in chapter
35485 Program Code Listings
35494 \begin_layout Subsection
35498 \begin_layout Standard
35499 Inserts the actual date.
35500 The format dependends on the date format of the language that is used for
35502 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
35512 There the different methods are also compared.
35515 \begin_layout Section
35520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35529 \begin_layout Standard
35530 This menu lists the existing, chapter, sections, figures, and tables of
35531 the current document.
35532 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
35535 \begin_layout Standard
35536 The Navigate menu also offers to
35539 \begin_layout Subsection
35543 \begin_layout Standard
35544 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
35545 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
35548 \begin_inset Space ~
35552 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
35553 \begin_inset Space ~
35556 2.5 and use the menu
35559 \begin_inset Space ~
35563 \begin_inset Space ~
35570 \begin_inset Space ~
35576 \begin_inset Space ~
35580 \begin_inset Space ~
35586 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
35598 \begin_layout Standard
35599 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
35600 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
35603 \begin_layout Subsection
35604 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
35607 \begin_layout Standard
35608 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
35612 \begin_layout Subsection
35616 \begin_layout Standard
35617 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
35618 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
35619 on a cross-reference box.
35622 \begin_layout Section
35627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35636 \begin_layout Subsection
35640 \begin_layout Standard
35641 Change Tracking is described in section
35642 \begin_inset Space ~
35646 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35648 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
35655 \begin_layout Subsection
35660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35670 \begin_layout Standard
35671 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
35673 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
35676 \begin_layout Standard
35677 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
35682 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
35685 \begin_layout Subsection
35689 \begin_layout Standard
35690 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
35691 \begin_inset Space ~
35695 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35697 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
35704 \begin_layout Subsection
35705 Start Appendix Here
35708 \begin_layout Standard
35709 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
35710 position as described in section
35711 \begin_inset Space ~
35715 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35717 reference "sec:Appendices"
35724 \begin_layout Subsection
35728 \begin_layout Standard
35729 Un/compresses the actual document.
35732 \begin_layout Subsection
35734 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35736 name "sub:Settings"
35744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35745 Document ! Settings
35753 \begin_layout Standard
35754 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
35756 You can save your document settings as default with the
35758 Save as Document Defaults
35760 button in the dialog.
35761 This will create a template named
35765 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
35769 \begin_layout Standard
35770 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
35773 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35777 \begin_layout Standard
35778 Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
35779 Document classes are described in section
35780 \begin_inset Space ~
35784 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35786 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
35791 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
35796 , the default driver for the Latex@LaTeX-packages are used.
35797 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
35800 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35804 \begin_layout Standard
35805 The document font settings are described in section
35806 \begin_inset Space ~
35810 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35812 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
35819 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35823 \begin_layout Standard
35824 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
35826 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
35830 \begin_layout Standard
35831 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
35832 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
35833 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
35836 \begin_layout Standard
35837 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
35845 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35849 \begin_layout Standard
35850 A description of this menu is given in section
35851 \begin_inset Space ~
35855 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35857 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
35862 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35864 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
35871 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35875 \begin_layout Standard
35876 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
35877 \begin_inset Space ~
35881 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35883 reference "sub:Margins"
35890 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35896 Language ! Encoding
35904 \begin_layout Standard
35905 The document language and quote styles are set here.
35906 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
35907 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
35908 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
35909 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
35910 known for a particular character).
35914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35915 The known commands are defined in a text file.
35916 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
35921 manual for details.
35929 \begin_layout Standard
35930 If you use the option
35932 use language's default encoding
35934 , LyX determines the encoding of a portion of text from the language of
35936 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
35937 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
35938 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
35939 exactly one encoding.
35940 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
35948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35949 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
35950 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
35952 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
35953 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35967 \begin_layout Standard
35968 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
35969 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
35970 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
35971 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
35972 Unfortunately the unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
35973 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of unicode symbols works fine
35976 use language's default encoding
35978 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
35979 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is ot used,
35980 because all unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
35983 \begin_layout Standard
35984 Here is a list with the important encodings:
35987 \begin_layout Description
35989 \begin_inset Space ~
35994 use language's default encoding
35996 , but the LaTeX-package
36004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36005 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36011 You probably need to load some other packages manually in the preamble.
36014 \begin_layout Description
36015 armscii8 encoding for Armenian
36018 \begin_layout Description
36019 ascii the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English, may result in a big
36020 file because lots of LaTeX-commands may be needed
36023 \begin_layout Description
36024 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
36027 \begin_layout Description
36028 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
36031 \begin_layout Description
36032 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
36035 \begin_layout Description
36036 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
36039 \begin_layout Description
36040 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
36043 \begin_layout Description
36044 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
36045 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
36048 \begin_layout Description
36049 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
36050 Serbian, and Ukrainian
36053 \begin_layout Description
36054 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
36057 \begin_layout Description
36058 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
36061 \begin_layout Description
36062 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
36065 \begin_layout Description
36066 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
36069 \begin_layout Description
36070 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
36071 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
36072 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
36076 \begin_layout Description
36077 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
36078 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
36081 \begin_layout Description
36082 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
36086 \begin_layout Description
36087 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
36090 \begin_layout Description
36091 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
36092 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
36095 \begin_layout Description
36096 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
36097 the euro currency sign, the
36101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36110 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
36111 be the replacement for latin1
36114 \begin_layout Description
36115 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
36118 \begin_layout Description
36119 utf8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36128 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36133 (first variant, for latin symbols and some others).
36136 \begin_layout Description
36137 utf8x Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36141 (second variant, for greek and CJK symbols and some others).
36144 \begin_layout Description
36145 UTF8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36154 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! CJK
36159 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
36162 \begin_layout Description
36163 utf8-plain Unicode utf8 to be used with
36167 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
36175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36176 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
36177 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36191 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36195 \begin_layout Standard
36196 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
36198 \begin_inset Space ~
36202 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36204 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
36211 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36215 \begin_layout Standard
36216 You can specify here a citation style using the Latex@LaTeX-packages
36222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36223 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! natbib
36238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36239 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
36245 For a further description see section
36246 \begin_inset Space ~
36250 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36252 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36259 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36263 \begin_layout Standard
36264 These options will force LyX to use the Latex@LaTeX-packages
36270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36271 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
36284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36285 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! esint
36292 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
36295 \begin_layout Standard
36300 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
36301 assure that you have enabled AMS.
36304 \begin_layout Standard
36309 is used for special integral characters.
36312 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36316 \begin_layout Standard
36317 The float placement options are described in section
36318 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
36322 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36324 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
36331 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36335 \begin_layout Standard
36336 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
36337 The itemize environment is described in section
36338 \begin_inset Space ~
36342 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36344 reference "sec:Itemize"
36351 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36355 \begin_layout Standard
36356 Branches are described in section
36357 \begin_inset Space ~
36361 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36363 reference "sec:Branches"
36370 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36385 \begin_layout Standard
36386 In this text field are entered commands to load special Latex@LaTeX-packages
36387 or to define LaTeX-commands.
36388 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
36389 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
36393 \begin_layout Standard
36394 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
36395 \begin_inset Space ~
36399 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36401 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
36408 \begin_layout Section
36413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36422 \begin_layout Subsection
36426 \begin_layout Standard
36427 Spell checking is explained in section
36428 \begin_inset Space ~
36432 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36434 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36441 \begin_layout Subsection
36445 \begin_layout Standard
36446 The thesaurus is described in section
36447 \begin_inset Space ~
36451 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36453 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36460 \begin_layout Subsection
36465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36474 \begin_layout Standard
36475 Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
36479 \begin_layout Subsection
36484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36513 \begin_inset Note Note
36516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36517 Fix this Index entry when bug 4600 is fixed!
36525 \begin_layout Standard
36526 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
36529 \begin_layout Subsection
36534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36535 Lyx@LyX ! Reconfigure|see
36539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36546 Reconfiguration of LyX
36550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36567 Reconfiguration of LyX
36575 \begin_layout Standard
36576 This menu reconfigures LyX.
36577 That means LyX looks for Latex@LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see
36579 \begin_inset Space ~
36583 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36585 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36592 \begin_layout Subsection
36596 \begin_layout Standard
36597 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
36598 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
36602 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36604 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
36611 \begin_layout Section
36616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36625 \begin_layout Standard
36626 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
36630 \begin_layout Standard
36634 \begin_inset Space ~
36639 shows a LyX-document with informations about the Latex@LaTeX-packages and
36640 classes found by LyX (see also section
36641 \begin_inset Space ~
36645 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36647 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
36654 \begin_layout Section
36656 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36658 name "sec:Toolbars"
36665 \begin_layout Standard
36666 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
36667 \begin_inset Space ~
36671 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36673 reference "sub:Toolbars"
36680 \begin_layout Standard
36681 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
36682 This is described in the
36689 \begin_layout Subsection
36694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36703 \begin_layout Standard
36704 \begin_inset Graphics
36705 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
36713 \begin_layout Standard
36714 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36720 \begin_layout Standard
36721 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
36726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36738 \begin_inset Note Note
36741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36742 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
36747 manual for more information.
36755 \begin_layout Standard
36756 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36762 \begin_layout Standard
36763 \begin_inset Tabular
36764 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
36765 <features islongtable="true">
36766 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36767 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36773 \begin_inset Graphics
36774 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
36784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36788 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
36801 \begin_layout Standard
36802 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
36808 \begin_layout Standard
36810 \begin_inset Tabular
36811 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
36812 <features islongtable="true">
36813 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36814 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36815 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36822 \begin_inset Graphics
36823 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
36824 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36839 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36846 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36851 \begin_inset Graphics
36852 filename ../images/file-open.png
36853 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36868 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36875 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36880 \begin_inset Graphics
36881 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
36882 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36897 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36904 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36909 \begin_inset Graphics
36910 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
36911 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
36920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36926 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36933 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36938 \begin_inset Graphics
36939 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
36940 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36955 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36962 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36967 \begin_inset Graphics
36968 filename ../images/undo.png
36969 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36984 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36991 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36996 \begin_inset Graphics
36997 filename ../images/redo.png
36998 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37013 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37020 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37025 \begin_inset Graphics
37026 filename ../images/cut.png
37027 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37042 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37049 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37054 \begin_inset Graphics
37055 filename ../images/copy.png
37056 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37071 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37078 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37083 \begin_inset Graphics
37084 filename ../images/paste.png
37085 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37100 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37107 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37112 \begin_inset Graphics
37113 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37114 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37115 rotateOrigin center
37124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37130 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37132 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
37136 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
37145 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37150 \begin_inset Graphics
37151 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37152 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37165 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37167 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37169 \begin_inset Space ~
37180 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37185 \begin_inset Graphics
37186 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37187 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37200 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37202 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37204 \begin_inset Space ~
37215 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37220 \begin_inset Graphics
37221 filename ../images/font-free-apply.png
37222 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37235 Formats text using the current settings in the
37237 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37239 \begin_inset Space ~
37250 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37255 \begin_inset Graphics
37256 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37257 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37272 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37273 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37275 \begin_inset Space ~
37284 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37289 \begin_inset Graphics
37290 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37291 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37292 rotateOrigin center
37301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37307 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37314 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37319 \begin_inset Graphics
37320 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37321 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37322 rotateOrigin center
37331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37337 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37344 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37349 \begin_inset Graphics
37350 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37351 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37352 rotateOrigin center
37361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37365 Toggle outline window on/off,
37367 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37374 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37379 \begin_inset Graphics
37380 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37381 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37382 rotateOrigin center
37391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37395 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37401 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37406 \begin_inset Graphics
37407 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37408 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37409 rotateOrigin center
37418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37422 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37435 \begin_layout Subsection
37440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37449 \begin_layout Standard
37450 \begin_inset Graphics
37451 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37459 \begin_layout Standard
37460 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37466 \begin_layout Standard
37467 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37471 \begin_layout Standard
37472 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37478 \begin_layout Standard
37479 \begin_inset Tabular
37480 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="24" columns="2">
37481 <features islongtable="true">
37482 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37483 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37484 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37489 \begin_inset Graphics
37490 filename ../images/layout.png
37491 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37492 rotateOrigin center
37501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37511 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37516 \begin_inset Graphics
37517 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
37518 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37519 rotateOrigin center
37528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37538 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37543 \begin_inset Graphics
37544 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
37545 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37546 rotateOrigin center
37555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37565 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37570 \begin_inset Graphics
37571 filename ../images/layout_List.png
37572 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37573 rotateOrigin center
37582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37592 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37597 \begin_inset Graphics
37598 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
37599 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37600 rotateOrigin center
37609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37619 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37624 \begin_inset Graphics
37625 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
37626 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37627 rotateOrigin center
37636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37642 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37644 \begin_inset Space ~
37648 \begin_inset Space ~
37657 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37662 \begin_inset Graphics
37663 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
37664 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37665 rotateOrigin center
37674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37680 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37682 \begin_inset Space ~
37686 \begin_inset Space ~
37695 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37700 \begin_inset Graphics
37701 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
37702 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37717 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37718 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37725 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37730 \begin_inset Graphics
37731 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
37732 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37747 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37748 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37755 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37760 \begin_inset Graphics
37761 filename ../images/label-insert.png
37762 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37777 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37784 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37789 \begin_inset Graphics
37790 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
37791 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37806 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37813 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37818 \begin_inset Graphics
37819 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
37820 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37835 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37842 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37847 \begin_inset Graphics
37848 filename ../images/index-insert.png
37849 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37864 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37866 \begin_inset Space ~
37875 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37880 \begin_inset Graphics
37881 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
37882 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37897 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37899 \begin_inset Space ~
37908 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37913 \begin_inset Graphics
37914 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
37915 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37930 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37937 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37942 \begin_inset Graphics
37943 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
37944 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37945 rotateOrigin center
37954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37960 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37962 \begin_inset Space ~
37971 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37976 \begin_inset Graphics
37977 filename ../images/note-insert.png
37978 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37993 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37994 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37996 \begin_inset Space ~
38005 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38010 \begin_inset Graphics
38011 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38012 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38027 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38034 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38039 \begin_inset Graphics
38040 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38041 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38056 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38063 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38068 \begin_inset Graphics
38069 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38070 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38085 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38107 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38112 \begin_inset Graphics
38113 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38114 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38129 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38130 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38132 \begin_inset Space ~
38141 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38146 \begin_inset Graphics
38147 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38148 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38149 rotateOrigin center
38158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38164 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38166 \begin_inset Space ~
38175 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38180 \begin_inset Graphics
38181 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38182 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38183 rotateOrigin center
38192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38198 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38200 \begin_inset Space ~
38209 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38214 \begin_inset Graphics
38215 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38216 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38217 rotateOrigin center
38226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38232 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38246 \begin_layout Subsection
38247 View / Update Toolbar
38251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38252 Toolbar ! View / Update
38260 \begin_layout Standard
38261 \begin_inset Graphics
38262 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38269 \begin_layout Standard
38270 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38276 \begin_layout Standard
38277 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38281 \begin_layout Standard
38282 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38288 \begin_layout Standard
38289 \begin_inset Tabular
38290 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38291 <features islongtable="true">
38292 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38293 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38294 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38299 \begin_inset Graphics
38300 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38301 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38302 rotateOrigin center
38311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38317 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38324 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38329 \begin_inset Graphics
38330 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38331 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38332 rotateOrigin center
38341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38347 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38348 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38355 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38360 \begin_inset Graphics
38361 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38362 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38363 rotateOrigin center
38372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38378 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38385 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38390 \begin_inset Graphics
38391 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38392 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38393 rotateOrigin center
38402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38408 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38409 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38415 This button is on some LyX for Windows installations not here because its
38416 functionality is merged with
38418 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38433 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38438 \begin_inset Graphics
38439 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38440 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38441 rotateOrigin center
38450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38456 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38463 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38468 \begin_inset Graphics
38469 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38470 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38471 rotateOrigin center
38480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38486 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38487 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38501 \begin_layout Subsection
38505 \begin_layout Standard
38506 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
38507 \begin_inset Space ~
38511 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38513 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38517 , the table toolbar
38521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38527 is explained in the
38534 \begin_layout Chapter
38540 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38542 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
38550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38559 \begin_layout Standard
38560 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38562 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
38565 \begin_layout Section
38569 \begin_layout Subsection
38571 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38582 Customization ! of toolbars
38591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38592 Customization ! of menus
38600 \begin_layout Standard
38601 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38609 You have to restart LyX before changes in ui- and bind-files take effect.
38617 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38618 User Interface File
38622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38623 Customization ! of toolbars
38632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38633 Customization ! of menus
38641 \begin_layout Standard
38642 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
38643 interface (ui) file.
38644 An ui-file is a textfile where the toolbars and menus are listed.
38645 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
38654 Both files are loaded by the
38659 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
38660 files and edit the entries.
38663 \begin_layout Standard
38664 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
38676 entries must be ended with an explicit
38701 and in the case of the
38702 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38706 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38714 The syntax for the entries is:
38717 \begin_layout Standard
38718 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38746 \begin_layout Standard
38748 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38751 All LyX-functions are listed in
38752 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38761 \begin_layout Standard
38762 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
38768 \begin_layout Standard
38769 An example: Assuming you use the menu
38771 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38774 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
38778 \begin_layout Standard
38779 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38784 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
38787 \begin_layout Standard
38789 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38792 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
38795 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38809 \begin_layout Standard
38810 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
38811 Several binding files are available:
38814 \begin_layout Description
38815 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
38818 \begin_layout Description
38819 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
38830 \begin_layout Description
38831 mac.bind set of bindings for
38834 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
38842 \begin_layout Standard
38843 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
38847 , and bind files for special languages.
38848 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
38850 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38854 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38858 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
38862 \begin_layout Standard
38863 Some bind-files, like
38867 , have only a small scope.
38868 When looking at the the end of the file
38872 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
38875 \begin_layout Standard
38876 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the bind-file
38877 s with a text editor.
38878 The syntax of the entries is:
38881 \begin_layout Standard
38887 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38891 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38899 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38905 \begin_layout Standard
38906 All LyX-functions are listed in
38907 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38916 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38920 \begin_layout Standard
38924 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
38928 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
38931 restore window size, or use fixed size
38933 is not checked, you can specify the size of LyX's main window when LyX
38937 \begin_layout Standard
38941 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
38945 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
38948 restore window position
38950 LyX will be opened with its main window at the last used position.
38953 \begin_layout Standard
38956 Restore cursor positions
38958 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
38962 \begin_layout Standard
38965 Load opened files from last session
38967 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
38970 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38972 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38974 name "sub:Backup documents"
38982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38991 \begin_layout Standard
38996 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
38999 \begin_layout Standard
39004 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
39007 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39009 \begin_inset Space ~
39017 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39021 \begin_layout Standard
39024 Cursor follows scrollbar
39026 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
39030 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39034 \begin_layout Standard
39037 Enable Pixmap Cache
39039 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
39040 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
39041 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
39042 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
39044 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
39045 \begin_inset Space ~
39051 \begin_layout Subsection
39056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39063 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39065 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39072 \begin_layout Standard
39073 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
39076 \begin_layout Standard
39077 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39085 This section only deals with the fonts
39090 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
39093 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39094 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39105 \begin_layout Standard
39106 By default, LyX uses
39110 as roman (serif) font,
39118 (depends on the system) as
39121 \begin_inset Space ~
39137 \begin_layout Standard
39138 You can change the font size with the
39145 \begin_layout Standard
39150 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
39151 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
39153 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39156 points have the size of 1
39157 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39161 \begin_inset Space ~
39165 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39167 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
39174 \begin_layout Standard
39179 are the same as if a document font size of 10
39180 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
39184 The sizes are explained in detail in section
39185 \begin_inset Space ~
39189 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39191 reference "sub:Document-Font"
39198 \begin_layout Subsection
39203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39222 \begin_layout Standard
39223 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
39224 Choose an item in the list and use the
39231 \begin_layout Subsection
39236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39237 Settings ! Graphics
39245 \begin_layout Standard
39246 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
39249 \begin_layout Standard
39254 enables previewing snippets of your document.
39255 This feature is described in section
39256 \begin_inset Space ~
39260 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39262 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
39269 \begin_layout Subsection
39274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39285 Settings ! Keyboard Map
39291 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39293 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
39300 \begin_layout Standard
39301 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
39302 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
39304 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39308 \begin_inset Space ~
39311 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
39312 can use the keyboard map file named
39319 \begin_layout Standard
39320 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39328 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
39336 \begin_layout Section
39341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39352 Settings ! Directory
39360 \begin_layout Description
39362 \begin_inset Space ~
39365 directory This is LyX's working directory.
39366 It is the default when you
39377 \begin_inset Space ~
39385 \begin_layout Description
39387 \begin_inset Space ~
39390 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
39392 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39394 \begin_inset Space ~
39398 \begin_inset Space ~
39406 \begin_layout Description
39408 \begin_inset Space ~
39415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39421 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
39422 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
39423 \begin_inset Space ~
39427 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39429 reference "sub:Backup documents"
39437 will be used to save the backups.
39438 \begin_inset Newline newline
39441 The backup files have the ending
39442 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39452 \begin_layout Description
39457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39464 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
39465 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
39466 \begin_inset Newline newline
39470 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39478 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
39486 \begin_layout Description
39488 \begin_inset Space ~
39491 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
39494 \begin_layout Description
39496 \begin_inset Space ~
39499 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
39500 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
39501 to find it on the system.
39502 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
39503 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
39505 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39509 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39512 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
39513 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
39517 \begin_layout Section
39521 \begin_layout Standard
39522 Here you can insert your name and email address.
39523 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
39525 \begin_inset Space ~
39529 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39531 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39535 , to mark changes you make as yours.
39538 \begin_layout Section
39543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39544 Language ! Settings
39553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39554 Settings ! Language
39562 \begin_layout Subsection
39566 \begin_layout Description
39568 \begin_inset Space ~
39571 language is the language used in new documents
39574 \begin_layout Description
39576 \begin_inset Space ~
39579 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
39581 The default is the LaTeX-command
39587 that loads the package
39595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39596 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
39597 \begin_inset Space ~
39601 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39603 reference "sec:ERT"
39613 \begin_inset Newline newline
39620 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
39621 the document language.
39622 A text label is for instance the word
39623 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39627 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39630 at the beginning of every table-caption.
39633 \begin_layout Description
39635 \begin_inset Space ~
39638 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
39639 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
39640 An example is the start command
39646 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
39651 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39666 selectlanguage{$$lang}
39671 \begin_layout Description
39673 \begin_inset Space ~
39681 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
39682 command toggles the package on and off.
39685 \begin_layout Description
39687 \begin_inset Space ~
39697 \begin_layout Description
39698 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
39699 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
39700 used by all Latex@LaTeX-packages.
39701 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
39708 \begin_layout Description
39710 \begin_inset Space ~
39713 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
39715 When this option is not set, the
39718 \begin_inset Space ~
39723 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
39724 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
39727 \begin_inset Space ~
39735 \begin_layout Description
39737 \begin_inset Space ~
39743 \begin_inset Space ~
39749 When it is not set, the
39752 \begin_inset Space ~
39757 is set to the end of the document.
39760 \begin_layout Description
39762 \begin_inset Space ~
39766 \begin_inset Space ~
39769 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
39770 language will be underlined blue.
39773 \begin_layout Description
39775 \begin_inset Space ~
39779 \begin_inset Space ~
39783 \begin_inset Space ~
39787 \begin_inset Space ~
39790 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left, like Arabic,
39794 \begin_layout Subsection
39798 \begin_layout Standard
39799 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
39800 \begin_inset Space ~
39804 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39806 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
39813 \begin_layout Section
39817 \begin_layout Subsection
39819 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39848 \begin_layout Description
39850 \begin_inset Space ~
39853 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
39854 The name will be used when the
39859 \begin_inset Newline newline
39863 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39871 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
39880 \begin_layout Description
39882 \begin_inset Space ~
39886 \begin_inset Space ~
39890 \begin_inset Space ~
39893 printer This option works only for the
39898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39910 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
39911 This is an option only for dvips experts.
39914 \begin_layout Description
39916 \begin_inset Space ~
39919 command is the command LyX
39920 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39924 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39927 LaTeX uses for printing.
39928 The default is on most systems
39935 \begin_layout Description
39937 \begin_inset Space ~
39941 \begin_inset Space ~
39944 Options Here you can specify printer options.
39945 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
39946 of the program that provides the
39953 \begin_layout Subsection
39958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39969 Settings ! Date format
39977 \begin_layout Standard
39978 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
39979 \begin_inset Newline newline
39983 \begin_inset Flex URL
39986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39988 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
39994 \begin_inset Newline newline
39997 For example the format
39998 \begin_inset Newline newline
40002 \begin_inset Newline newline
40005 prints the date as day/month/year.
40008 \begin_layout Subsection
40012 \begin_layout Description
40014 \begin_inset Space ~
40018 \begin_inset Space ~
40021 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
40024 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40025 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40027 \begin_inset Space ~
40033 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
40037 \begin_layout Description
40039 \begin_inset Space ~
40042 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
40047 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
40048 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
40051 \begin_layout Subsection
40056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40064 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40066 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
40074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40075 Settings ! Latex@LaTeX
40083 \begin_layout Description
40088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40096 \begin_inset Space ~
40099 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
40104 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
40126 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
40127 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40135 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40139 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
40140 LyX sets up in the background.
40141 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
40144 \begin_layout Description
40146 \begin_inset Space ~
40150 \begin_inset Space ~
40153 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
40158 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
40161 \begin_layout Description
40163 \begin_inset Space ~
40167 \begin_inset Space ~
40171 \begin_inset Space ~
40175 \begin_inset Space ~
40179 \begin_inset Space ~
40183 \begin_inset Space ~
40186 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
40188 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40191 dialog when changing the document class.
40194 \begin_layout Standard
40197 External Applications
40199 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
40200 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
40201 manuals of the applications.
40202 Currently the following commands can be set:
40205 \begin_layout Description
40210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40218 \begin_inset Space ~
40221 command Command for the program
40225 that is described in section
40236 \begin_layout Description
40241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40249 \begin_inset Space ~
40252 command Command for the program
40256 that generates the bibliography, see section
40257 \begin_inset Space ~
40261 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40263 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
40270 \begin_layout Description
40272 \begin_inset Space ~
40275 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
40276 \begin_inset Space ~
40280 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40282 reference "sub:Index-Program"
40289 \begin_layout Description
40291 \begin_inset Space ~
40295 \begin_inset Space ~
40299 \begin_inset Space ~
40303 \begin_inset Space ~
40306 options They only have an effect when the program
40310 is used as DVI-viewer.
40313 \begin_layout Subsection
40318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40337 \begin_layout Standard
40342 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
40345 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
40347 uses the Windows path style:
40350 \begin_layout Standard
40358 \begin_layout Standard
40359 instead of the Unix path style:
40362 \begin_layout Standard
40366 \begin_layout Section
40371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40380 \begin_layout Standard
40381 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
40382 from one format to another.
40383 You can modify them or create new ones.
40384 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
40391 \begin_inset Space ~
40401 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
40405 \begin_inset Space ~
40410 drop-down list, modify the
40414 field, and press the
40421 \begin_layout Standard
40424 Converter File Cache
40426 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
40429 Maximum Age (in days
40432 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
40433 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
40436 \begin_layout Standard
40437 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
40438 the converter definition, is described in section
40449 \begin_layout Section
40454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40461 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40463 name "sec:File-Formats"
40470 \begin_layout Standard
40471 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
40472 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
40474 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
40482 \begin_inset Space ~
40494 \begin_layout Standard
40495 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
40496 is described in section
40507 \begin_layout Section
40512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40521 \begin_layout Standard
40522 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
40523 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
40524 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
40525 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
40526 This is done by a Copier.
40529 \begin_layout Standard
40530 More about converters is described in section
40541 \begin_layout Chapter
40542 Units available in LyX
40546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40553 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40555 name "cha:Units-available-in"
40562 \begin_layout Standard
40563 To understand the units described in this documentation,
40564 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40566 reference "cap:Units"
40570 explains all units available in LyX.
40573 \begin_layout Standard
40574 \begin_inset Float table
40580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40581 \begin_inset Caption
40583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40584 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40599 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40607 \begin_inset Tabular
40608 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
40610 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40611 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40707 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40711 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40735 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40739 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40762 scaled point (65536
40763 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40767 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40791 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40795 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40819 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40823 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
40827 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40851 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40855 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40878 % of original image width
40885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41067 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
41071 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
41092 \begin_layout Chapter
41094 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41103 \begin_layout Standard
41104 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
41105 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
41108 \begin_layout Itemize
41111 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
41114 \begin_layout Itemize
41120 \begin_layout Itemize
41126 \begin_layout Itemize
41132 \begin_layout Itemize
41138 \begin_layout Itemize
41144 \begin_layout Itemize
41150 \begin_layout Itemize
41156 \begin_layout Itemize
41159 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
41162 \begin_layout Itemize
41168 \begin_layout Itemize
41174 \begin_layout Itemize
41180 \begin_layout Itemize
41186 \begin_layout Itemize
41192 \begin_layout Itemize
41198 \begin_layout Itemize
41204 \begin_layout Itemize
41210 \begin_layout Itemize
41212 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41221 \begin_layout Standard
41222 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
41225 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
41232 \begin_layout Bibliography
41233 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41234 LatexCommand bibitem
41241 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41244 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
41249 \begin_inset Newline newline
41253 \begin_inset Flex URL
41256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41258 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
41266 \begin_layout Bibliography
41267 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41268 LatexCommand bibitem
41269 key "latexcompanion"
41273 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
41275 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
41278 Addison-Wesley, 2004
41281 \begin_layout Bibliography
41282 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41283 LatexCommand bibitem
41288 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
41291 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
41294 Addison-Wesley, 2003
41297 \begin_layout Bibliography
41298 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41299 LatexCommand bibitem
41306 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
41309 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
41312 \begin_layout Bibliography
41313 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41314 LatexCommand bibitem
41326 Addison-Wesley, 1984
41329 \begin_layout Bibliography
41330 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41331 LatexCommand bibitem
41337 \begin_inset Newline newline
41341 \begin_inset Flex URL
41344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41346 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
41354 \begin_layout Bibliography
41355 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41356 LatexCommand bibitem
41362 \begin_inset Newline newline
41366 \begin_inset Flex URL
41369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41371 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
41379 \begin_layout Bibliography
41380 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41381 LatexCommand bibitem
41387 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41389 name "Documentation"
41390 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
41399 \begin_inset Newline newline
41403 \begin_inset Flex URL
41406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41408 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
41416 \begin_layout Bibliography
41417 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41418 LatexCommand bibitem
41424 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41426 name "Documentation"
41427 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
41431 of the LaTeX-package
41439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41440 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! caption
41446 \begin_inset Newline newline
41450 \begin_inset Flex URL
41453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41455 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
41463 \begin_layout Bibliography
41464 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41465 LatexCommand bibitem
41471 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41473 name "Documentation"
41474 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
41478 of the LaTeX-package
41486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41487 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
41493 \begin_inset Newline newline
41497 \begin_inset Flex URL
41500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41502 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
41510 \begin_layout Bibliography
41511 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41512 LatexCommand bibitem
41518 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41520 name "Documentation"
41521 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
41525 of the LaTeX-package
41533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41534 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
41540 \begin_inset Newline newline
41544 \begin_inset Flex URL
41547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41549 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
41557 \begin_layout Bibliography
41558 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41559 LatexCommand bibitem
41565 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41567 name "Documentation"
41568 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
41572 of the LaTeX-package
41580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41581 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! tipa
41587 \begin_inset Newline newline
41591 \begin_inset Flex URL
41594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41596 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
41604 \begin_layout Bibliography
41605 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41606 LatexCommand bibitem
41612 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41614 name "Documentation"
41615 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
41619 of the LaTeX-package
41627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41628 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
41634 \begin_inset Newline newline
41638 \begin_inset Flex URL
41641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41643 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
41651 \begin_layout Bibliography
41652 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41653 LatexCommand bibitem
41659 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41662 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
41666 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
41667 \begin_inset Newline newline
41671 \begin_inset Flex URL
41674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41676 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
41684 \begin_layout Bibliography
41685 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41686 LatexCommand bibitem
41692 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41695 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
41699 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
41700 \begin_inset Newline newline
41704 \begin_inset Flex URL
41707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41709 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
41717 \begin_layout Bibliography
41718 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41719 LatexCommand bibitem
41725 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41728 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
41732 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
41733 \begin_inset Newline newline
41737 \begin_inset Flex URL
41740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41742 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
41750 \begin_layout Bibliography
41751 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41752 LatexCommand bibitem
41758 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41761 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
41765 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
41766 \begin_inset Newline newline
41770 \begin_inset Flex URL
41773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41775 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
41783 \begin_layout Bibliography
41784 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41785 LatexCommand bibitem
41791 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41794 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
41798 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
41799 \begin_inset Newline newline
41803 \begin_inset Flex URL
41806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41808 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
41816 \begin_layout Bibliography
41817 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41818 LatexCommand bibitem
41824 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41827 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
41831 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
41832 \begin_inset Newline newline
41836 \begin_inset Flex URL
41839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41841 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
41849 \begin_layout Bibliography
41850 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41851 LatexCommand bibitem
41857 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41860 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
41864 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
41865 \begin_inset Newline newline
41869 \begin_inset Flex URL
41872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41874 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
41882 \begin_layout Bibliography
41883 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41884 LatexCommand bibitem
41890 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41893 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
41897 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
41898 \begin_inset Newline newline
41902 \begin_inset Flex URL
41905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41907 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
41915 \begin_layout Standard
41916 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
41923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41950 \begin_inset Note Note
41953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41960 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
41961 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
41962 bibliography is the second one:
41970 \begin_layout Standard
41971 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
41972 LatexCommand bibtex
41973 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs.bib"
41974 options "biblio/alphadin"
41981 \begin_layout Standard
41982 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
41985 \begin_layout Standard
41988 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
41989 LatexCommand printnomenclature
41994 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
41995 LatexCommand printindex